PROMASS 83 Coriolis Mass Flow Measuring System

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 190

BA 066D/06/en/12.

00
No. 50098625 promass 83
Valid as software version:
V 1.00.XX (amplifier)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
V 1.00.XX (communication)
Coriolis Mass Flow
Measuring System

Description of Device Functions


Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Operation Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

- with local operation: see Page 5

- with FOUNDATION Fieldbus: see Page 73

Endress+Hauser 3
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Registered trademarks
HARTâ
Registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA

S-DAT™, T-DAT™, F-CHIP™


Registered trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG

4 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Table of contents for local operation

Table of contents for local operation

1 Notes on using this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7


1.1 Using the table of contents to locate a function description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

1.2 Using the graphic of the function matrix to locate a function description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

1.3 Using the index of the function matrix to locate a function description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2 Function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1 General layout of the function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.1 Blocks (A, B, C, etc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.2 Groups (AAA, AEA, CAA, etc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.3 Function groups (000, 020, 060, etc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.4 Functions (0000, 0001, 0002, etc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.1.5 Codes identifying cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.2 Function matrix PROline Promass 83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

3 Block MEASURED VARIABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11


3.1 Group MEASURING VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.1.1 Function group MAIN VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

3.2 Group SYSTEM UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13


3.2.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.2 Function group ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

4 Block USER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18


4.1 Group CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4.1.1 Function group BASIC CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4.1.2 Function group UN-/LOCKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
4.1.3 Function group OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

4.2 Group MAIN LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22


4.2.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
4.2.2 Function group MULTIPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

4.3 Group ADDITION LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26


4.3.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.3.2 Function group MULTIPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

4.4 Group INFORMATION LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32


4.4.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.4.2 Function group MULTIPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

5 Block TOTALIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.1 Group TOTALIZERS (1...3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.1.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.1.2 Function group OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

5.2 Group INVENTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

5.3 Group HANDLING TOTALIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Endress+Hauser 5
Table of contents for local operation Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6 Block BASIC FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44


6.1 Group FOUNDATION FIELDBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.1.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.1.2 Function group FUNCTION BLOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.1.3 Function group INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

6.2 Group PROCESS PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48


6.2.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
6.2.2 Function group EPD PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
6.2.3 Function group REFERENCE PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6.2.4 Function group ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

6.3 Group SYSTEM PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55


6.3.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

6.4 Group SENSOR DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56


6.4.1 Function group CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6.4.2 Function group FLOW COEFFICIENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
6.4.3 Function group DENSITY COEFFICIENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6.4.4 Function group ADDITIONAL COEFFICIENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

7 Block SUPERVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.1 Group SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
7.1.1 Function group OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

7.2 Group VERSION-INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64


7.2.1 Function group SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.2.2 Function group AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
7.2.3 Function group I/O MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

8 Index key words for function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

9 Index key words for local operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

6 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1 Notes on using this manual

1 Notes on using this manual

There are various ways of locating the description of a function of your choice
in the manual:

1.1 Using the table of contents to locate a function


description
The designations of all the cells in the function matrix are listed in the table of contents.
You can use these unambiguous designations (such as MEASURED VARIABLES, USER
INTERFACE, TOTALIZER, etc.) to choose whichever functions are applicable to a parti-
cular set of conditions.
The page references show you exactly where to find the detailed descriptions of the
functions in question. The table of contents is on Page 3.

1.2 Using the graphic of the function matrix to locate a


function description
This step-by-step, top-down approach starts with the blocks, the highest level, and
works down through the matrix to the description of the function you need:

1. All available blocks and their corresponding subgroups are shown on Page 10.
Select the block (or the group within the block) which you need for your application
and use the page reference to locate the information corresponding to the next level.
2. The page in question contains a graphic showing of the block with all its subordinate
groups, function groups and functions.
Select the function which you need for your application and use the page reference
to locate the detailed function description.

1.3 Using the index of the function matrix to locate a


function description
Each “cell” in the function matrix (blocks, groups, function groups, functions) has a
unique identifier in the form of a code consisting of one or three letters or a three- or
four-digit number. The code identifying a selected "cell" appears at the top right on
the local display.

Example:
F06-83FFxxx-20-xx-xx-en-000

The function-matrix index lists the codes for all the available "cells" in alphabetic and
consecutive order, complete with the page references for the corresponding functions.
The index to the function matrix is on Page 67.

Endress+Hauser 7
2 Function matrix Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2 Function matrix

2.1 General layout of the function matrix


The function matrix consists of four levels:

Blocks -> Groups -> Function groups -> Functions

F-x3xxxxx-13-xx-xx-xx-000
2.1.1 Blocks (A, B, C, etc.)
The blocks are the highest-level grouping of the operation options for the device. The
blocks include, for example: MEASURED VARIABLES, QUICK SETUP, USER INTER-
FACE, TOTALIZER, etc.

2.1.2 Groups (AAA, AEA, CAA, etc.)


A block consists of one or more groups. Each group represents a more detailed
selection of the operation options in the higher-order block. The groups in the “USER
INTERFACE” block, for example, include: CONTROL, MAIN LINE, ADDITION LINE, etc.

2.1.3 Function groups (000, 020, 060, etc.)


A group consists of one or more function groups. Each function group represents a
more detailed selection of the operation options in the higher-order group. The function
groups in the “CONTROL” group, for example, include: BASIC CONFIGURATION, UN-
/LOCKING, OPERATION, etc.

2.1.4 Functions (0000, 0001, 0002, etc.)


Each function group consists of one or more functions. The functions are used to ope-
rate and parameterize the device. Numerical values can be entered resp. parameters
selected and saved.
The functions in the “BASIC CONFIGURATION” function group include LANGUAGE,
DISPLAY DAMPING, CONTRAST LCD, etc. The procedure for changing the language
of the user interface, for example, is as follows:

1. Select the “USER INTERFACE” block


2. Select the “CONTROL” group
3. Select the “BASIC CONFIGURATION” function group
4. Select the “LANGUAGE” function (this is where the language can be selected).

8 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 2 Function matrix

2.1.5 Codes identifying cells


Each cell (block, group, function group and function) in the function matrix
has an individual, unique code.

Blocks:
The code is a letter (A, B, C, etc.)

Groups:
The code consists of three letters (AAA, ABA, BAA, etc.).
The first letter matches the block code (i.e. each group in block A has a code
starting with an "A", in other words A _ _; the codes of the groups in block B
start with a "B", in other words B_ _ , and so on). The other two letters are for
identifying the group within the respective block.

Function groups:
The code consists of three digits (000, 001, 100, etc.)

Functions:
The code consists of four digits (0000, 0001, 0201, etc.).
The first three digits are the same as the code for the function group.
The last digit in the code is a counter for the functions in the function group,
incrementing from 0 to 9 (e.g. function 0005 is the sixth function in group 000).

Function
Block Group Functions
group

F-x3xxxxx-13-xx-xx-xx-001

Endress+Hauser 9
2 Function matrix Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2.2 Function matrix PROline Promass 83


FUNCTION
BLOCKS GROUPS
GROUPS

MEASURED VARIABLES A → MEASURING VALUES AAA → see Page 12

(see Page 11) SYSTEM UNITS ACA → see Page 13


USER INTERFACE C → CONTROL CAA → see Page 19

(see Page 18) MAIN LINE CCA → see Page 22

↓ ADDITION LINE CEA → see Page 26

INFORMATION LINE CGA → see Page 32

TOTALIZER D → TOTALIZER (1...3)


DAA,
-B, -C
→ see Page 39

(see Page 38) INVENTORY DGA → see Page 42

↓ HANDLING TOTALIZER DJA → see Page 43

BASIC FUNCTION G → FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA → see Page 45

(see Page 44) PROCESS PARAMETER GIA → see Page 48

↓ SYSTEM PARAMETER GLA → see Page 55

SENSOR DATA GNA → see Page 56

SUPERVISION J → SYSTEM JAA → see Page 62

(see Page 61) VERSION-INFO JCA → see Page 64

10 Endress+Hauser
Endress+Hauser

Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus


3
Function
Block Groups Functions
groups

Block MEASURED VARIABLES


MEASURED MEASURING MAIN MASS FLOW VOLUME FLOW COR. VOLUME DENSITY REF. DENSITY TEMPERA-
VARIABLES Þ VALUES Þ VALUES Þ Þ FLOW TURE
(A) (AAA) p. 12 (000) p. 12 (0000) p. 12 (0001) p. 12 (0004) p. 12 (0005) p. 12 (0006) p. 12 (0008) p. 12

ßÝ
SYSTEM UNITS CONFIGURA- UNIT MASS UNIT MASS UNIT VOLUME UNIT VOLUME UNIT CORR. UNIT CORR.
Þ TION Þ FLOW Þ FLOW VOLUME FL. VOLUME
(ACA) p. 13 (040) p. 13 (0400) p. 13 (0401) p. 13 (0402) p. 14 (0403) p. 14 (0404) p. 15 (0405) p. 15
ßÝ ßÝ
ADDITIONAL UNIT DENSITY UNIT REF. UNIT TEMPE- UNIT LENGTH
CONF. Þ Þ DENSITY RATURE
(042) p. 16 (0420) p. 16 (0421) p. 16 (0422) p. 17 (0424) p. 17

3 Block MEASURED VARIABLES


11
3 Block MEASURED VARIABLES Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3.1 Group MEASURING VALUES

3.1.1 Function group MAIN VALUES

MEASURED VARIABLES A Þ MEASURING VALUES AAA Þ MAIN VALUES 000

Function description
MEASURED VARIABLES  MEASURING VALUES  MAIN VALUES

H Note!
• The units of measure of all the measured variables shown here can be set in the “SYSTEM UNITS”
group.
• If the fluid in the pipe flows backwards, a negative sign prefixes the flow reading on the display.

MASS FLOW The currently measured mass flow appears on the display.
(0000)
Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 462.87 kg/h; -731.63 lb/min; etc.)

VOLUME FLOW The volume flow appears on the display. The volume flow is derived from the
(0001) measured mass flow and the measured density of the fluid.

Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 5.5445 dm3/min; 1.4359 m3/h; -731.63 gal/d; etc.)

CORRECTED The corrected volume flow appears on the display. The corrected volume
VOLUME FLOW flow is derived from the measured mass flow and the reference density
(0004) (density at reference temperature, measured or fixed entry) of the fluid.

Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 1.3549 Nm3/h; 7.9846 scm/day; etc.)

DENSITY The currently measured density or its specific gravity appears on the display.
(0005)
Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit
corresponding to 0.100000...6.00000 kg/dm3
(e.g. 1.2345 kg/dm3; 993.5 kg/dm3; 1.0015 SG_20 °C; etc.)

REFERENCE DENSITY The density of the fluid, at reference temperature, appears on the display.
(0006) The reference density can either be measured or entered as a fixed value
(see FIXED REFERENCE DENSITY (6461) function on Page 51).

Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit
corresponding to 0.100000...6.00000 kg/dm3
(e.g. 1.2345 kg/dm3; 993.5 kg/dm3; 1.0015 SG_20 °C; etc.)

TEMPERATURE The currently measured temperature appears on the display.


(0008)
Display shows:
max. 4-digit fixed-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. -23.4 °C; 160.0 °F; 295.4 K; etc.)

12 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Block MEASURED VARIABLES

3.2 Group SYSTEM UNITS

3.2.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

MEASURED VARIABLES A Þ MEASURING VALUES AAA


ß
SYSTEM UNITS ACA Þ CONFIGURATION 040

Function description
MEASURED VARIABLES  SYSTEM UNITS  CONFIGURATION
You can select the units for measured variables in this function group.

H Note!
The units selected here have no effect on the Fieldbus. They are only used for the local display and for
assigned instrument functions.

UNIT MASS FLOW Use this function to select the unit for displaying the mass flow (mass/time).
(0400)
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Switching points (limit value for mass flow, flow direction)
• Low flow cut off

Options:
Metric:
gram → g/s; g/min; g/h; g/day
kilogram → kg/s; kg/min; kg/h; kg/day
ton → t/s; t/min; t/h; t/day

US:
ounce → oz/s; oz/min; oz/h; oz/day
pound → lb/s; lb/min; lb/h; lb/day
ton → ton/s; ton/min; ton/h; ton/day

Factory setting:
kg/h

UNIT MASS Use this function to select the unit for displaying the mass.
(0401)
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Pulse weighting (e.g. kg/p)

Options:
Metric → g; kg; t

US → oz; lb; ton

Factory setting:
kg

H Note!
The unit of the totalizers is independent of your choice here. The unit for each
totalizer is selected separately for the totalizer in question.

Endress+Hauser 13
3 Block MEASURED VARIABLES Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Function description
MEASURED VARIABLES  SYSTEM UNITS  CONFIGURATION
UNIT VOLUME FLOW Use this function to select the unit for displaying the volume flow (volume/
(0402) time).

The unit you select here is also valid for:


• Switching points (limit value for volume flow, flow direction)
• Low flow cut off

Options:
Metric:
Cubic centimeter → cm3/s; cm 3/min; cm3/h; cm3/day
Cubic decimeter → dm3/s; dm3/min; dm3/h; dm3/day
Cubic meter → m3/s; m3/min; m3/h; m3/day
Milliliter → ml/s; ml/min; ml/h; ml/day
Liter → l/s; l/min; l/h; l/day
Hectoliter → hl/s; hl/min; hl/h; hl/day
Megaliter → Ml/s; Ml/min; Ml/h; Ml/day

US:
Cubic centimeter → cc/s; cc/min; cc/h; cc/day
Acre foot → af/s; af/min; af/h; af/day
Cubic foot → ft3/s; ft3/min; ft3/h; ft3/day
Fluid ounce → oz f/s; oz f/min; oz f/h; oz f/day
Gallon → gal/s; gal/min; gal/h; gal/day
Million gallon → Mgal/s; Mgal/min; Mgal/h; Mgal/day
Barrel (normal fluids: 31.5 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (beer: 31.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (petrochemicals: 42.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (filling tanks: 55.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day

Imperial:
Gallon → gal/s; gal/min; gal/h; gal/day
Mega gallon → Mgal/s; Mgal/min; Mgal/h; Mgal/day
Barrel (beer: 36.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (petrochemicals: 42.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day

Factory setting:
m3/h

UNIT VOLUME Use this function to select the unit for displaying the volume.
(0403)
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Pulse weighting (e.g. m3/p)

Options:
Metric → cm3; dm 3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml

US → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Mgal; bbl (normal fluids); bbl (beer);
bbl (petrochemicals); bbl (filling tanks)

Imperial → gal; Mgal; bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals)

Factory setting:
m3

H Note!
The unit of the totalizers is independent of your choice here. The unit for each
totalizer is selected separately for the totalizer in question.

14 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Block MEASURED VARIABLES

Function description
MEASURED VARIABLES  SYSTEM UNITS  CONFIGURATION
UNIT CORRECTED Use this function to select the unit for displaying the corrected volume flow
VOLUME FLOW (corrected volume/time).
(0404)
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Switching points (limit value for corrected volume flow, flow direction)
• Low flow cut off

Options:
Metric:
Nl/s
Nl/min
Nl/h
Nl/day
Nm3/s
Nm3/min
Nm3/h
Nm3/day

US:
Sm3/s;
Sm3/min;
Sm3/h;
Sm3/day
Scf/s;
Scf/min;
Scf/h;
Scf/day

Factory setting:
Nm3/h

UNIT CORRECTED Use this function to select the unit for displaying the corrected volume.
VOLUME
(0405) The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Pulse weighting (e.g. Nm3/p)

Options:
Metric:
Nm3
Nl

US:
Sm3
Scf

Factory setting:
Nm3

H Note!
The unit of the totalizers is independent of your choice here. The unit
for each totalizer is selected separately for the totalizer in question.

Endress+Hauser 15
3 Block MEASURED VARIABLES Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3.2.2 Function group ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION

MEASURED VARIABLES A Þ MEASURING VALUES AAA


ß
SYSTEM UNITS ACA Þ CONFIGURATION 040
ß
ADDITIONAL CONF. 042

Function description
MEASURED VARIABLES  SYSTEM UNITS  ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION

H Note!
The units selected here have no effect on the Fieldbus. They are only used for the local display and for
assigned instrument functions.

UNIT DENSITY Use this function to select the unit for displaying the fluid density.
(0420)
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Switching points (limit value for density)
• Density adjustment value
• Density responce value for EPD

Options:
Metric → g/cm3; g/cc; kg/dm3; kg/l; kg/m3; SD 4 °C, SD 15 °C, SD 20 °C;
SG 4 °C, SG 15 °C, SG 20 °C

US → lb/ft3; lb/gal; lb/bbl (normal fluids); lb/bbl (beer);


lb/bbl (petrochemicals); lb/bbl (filling tanks)

Imperial → lb/gal; lb/bbl (beer); lb/bbl (petrochemicals)

Factory setting:
kg/l

SD = Specific Density, SG = Specific Gravity


The specific density is the ratio of fluid density to water
(at water temperature = 4, 15, 20 °C)

UNIT REFERENCE Use this function to select the unit for displaying the reference density.
DENSITY
(0421) The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Switching points (limit value for density)
• Fixed reference density (for calculation of corrected volume flow)

Options:
Metric:
kg/Nm 3
kg/Nl

US:
g/Scc
kg/Sm3
lb/Scf

Factory setting:
kg/Nl

16 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Block MEASURED VARIABLES

Function description
MEASURED VARIABLES  SYSTEM UNITS  ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
UNIT TEMPERATURE Use this function to select the unit for displaying the temperature.
(0422)
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Switching points (limit value for temperature)
• Reference temperature (for corrected volume measurement with
measured reference density)

Options:
°C (Celsius)
K (Kelvin)
°F (Fahrenheit)
R (Rankine)

Factory setting:
°C

UNIT LENGTH Use this function to select the unit for displaying the length for nominal
(0424) diameter.

The unit you select here is valid for:


• Nominal diameter of the sensor (see the NOMINAL DIAMETER (6804)
function on Page 56).

Options:
MILLIMETER
INCH

Factory setting:
MILLIMETER

Endress+Hauser 17
18

4 Block USER INTERFACE


4
Function
Block Groups Functions
groups

Block USER INTERFACE


USER INTER- CONTROL BASIC LANGUAGE DISPLAY CONTRAST
FACE Þ Þ CONFIG. Þ Þ DAMPING LCD
(C) (CAA) p. 19 (200) p. 19 (2000) p. 19 (2002) p. 19 (2003) p. 19
ßÝ ßÝ
UN-/LOCKING ACCESS CODE DEF. PRIVATE STATUS
Þ Þ CODE ACCESS
(202) p. 20 (2020) p. 20 (2021) p. 20 (2022) p. 20
ßÝ
OPERATION TEST DISPLAY
Þ
(204) p. 21 (2040) p. 21

ßÝ
MAIN LINE CONFIGURA- ASSIGN 100% VALUE FORMAT
Þ TION Þ Þ
(CCA) p. 22 (220) p. 22 (2200) p. 22 (2201) p. 23 (2202) p. 23
ßÝ ßÝ
MULTIPLEX ASSIGN 100% VALUE FORMAT
Þ Þ
(222) p. 24 (2220) p. 24 (2221) p. 24 (2222) p. 25

Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus


ßÝ
ADDITION LINE CONFIGURA- ASSIGN 100% VALUE FORMAT DISPLAY
Þ TION Þ Þ MODE
(CEA) p. 26 (240) p. 26 (2400) p. 26 (2401) p. 27 (2402) p. 27 (2403) p. 28
ßÝ ßÝ
MULTIPLEX ASSIGN 100% VALUE FORMAT DISPLAY
Þ Þ MODE
(242) p. 29 (2420) p. 29 (2421) p. 30 (2422) p. 30 (2423) p. 31

ßÝ
Endress+Hauser

INFORMATION CONFIGURA- ASSIGN 100% VALUE FORMAT DISPLAY


LINE Þ TION Þ Þ MODE
(CGA) p. 32 (260) p. 32 (2600) p. 32 (2601) p. 33 (2602) p. 33 (2603) p. 34
ßÝ
MULTIPLEX ASSIGN 100% VALUE FORMAT DISPLAY
Þ Þ MODE
(262) p. 35 (2620) p. 35 (2621) p. 36 (2622) p. 36 (2623) p. 37
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

4.1 Group CONTROL

4.1.1 Function group BASIC CONFIGURATION

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA Þ BASIC CONFIGURATION 200

Function description
USER INTERFACE  CONTROL  BASIC CONFIGURATION
LANGUAGE Use this function to select the language for all texts, parameters and messa-
(2000) ges shown on the local display.

Options:
ENGLISH
DEUTSCH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
DANSK
NORSK
SVENSKA
SUOMI
BAHASA INDONESIA
JAPANESE (syllabary)

H Note!
If you press the 6 keys simultaneously during startup, the language defaults
to "ENGLISH".

DISPLAY DAMPING Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the display reacts to
(2002) severely fluctuating flow variables, either very quickly (enter a low time con-
stant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).

User input:
0...100 seconds

Factory setting:
1s

H Note!
Setting the time constant to zero seconds switches off damping.

CONTRAST LCD Use this function to optimize display contrast to suit local operating
(2003) conditions.

User input:
10...100%

Factory setting:
50%

Endress+Hauser 19
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

4.1.2 Function group UN-/LOCKING

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA Þ BASIC CONFIGURATION 200


ß
UN-/LOCKING 202

Function description
USER INTERFACE  CONTROL  UN-/LOCKING
ACCESS CODE All data of the measuring system are protected against inadvertent change.
(2020) Programming is disabled and the settings cannot be changed until a code is
entered in this function.
If you press the 6 key in any function the measuring system automatically
goes to this function and the prompt to enter the code appears on the dis-
play (programming disabled).

You can enable programming by entering the personal code


(Factory setting = 83, see the DEFINE PRIVATE CODE (2021) function).

User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...9999

H Note!
• The programming levels are disabled if you do not press a key within 60
seconds following automatic return to the HOME position.
• You can also disable programming in this function by entering any number
(other than the defined private code).
• The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if you
mislay your personal code.
• Certain functions are not accessible unless a special service code is
entered. This code is known only to the Endress+Hauser service
organization. Please contact your Endress+Hauser service center if you
require clarification.
• In this function, access to programming is only valid for local configura-
tion. If functions or parameters are to be changed over Fieldbus, pro-
gramming must be released separately in the parameter "Un/Locking -
Access code" (see Page 115).

DEFINE PRIVATE Use this function to enter a personal code number for enabling pro-
CODE gramming.
(2021)
User input:
0...9999 (max. 4-digit number)

Factory setting:
83

H Note!
• If you define the personal code number = 0, the programming is always
enabled.
• Programming has to be enabled before this code can be changed.
When programming is disabled the function can’t be changed, this
precaution prevents others from changing your personal code without your
knowledge and consent.

STATUS ACCESS Use this function to check the access status for the function matrix.
(2022)
Display shows:
ACCESS CUSTOMER (Parameterization enabled)
ACCESS SERVICE (Parameterization enabled)
LOCKED (Parameterization disabled)

20 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

4.1.3 Function group OPERATION

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA Þ BASIC CONFIGURATION 200


ß
UN-/LOCKING 202
ß
OPERATION 204

Function description
USER INTERFACE  CONTROL  OPERATION
TEST DISPLAY Use this function to test the operability of the local display and its pixels.
(2040)
Options:
OFF
ON

Factory setting:
OFF

Test sequence:
1. Start the test by selecting ON.

2. All pixels of the main line, additional line and information line are darkened
for minimum 0.75 second.

3. Main line, additional line and information line show an "8" in each field for
minimum 0.75 second.

4. Main line, additional line and information line show a "0" in each field for
minimum 0.75 second.

5. Main line, additional line and information line show nothing (blank display)
for minimum 0.75 second.

When the test completes the local display returns to its initial state and the
setting changes to OFF.

Endress+Hauser 21
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

4.2 Group MAIN LINE

4.2.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA


ß
MAIN LINE CCA Þ CONFIGURATION 220

Function description
USER INTERFACE  MAIN LINE  CONFIGURATION

F-x3xxxxx-07-05-xx-xx-000

A = main line, B = additional line, C = information line

ASSIGN Use this function to define the display value assigned to the main line (the
(2200) top line of the local display) during normal measuring operation.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (controlled variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (manipulated variable)

Factory setting:
MASS FLOW

22 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

Function description
USER INTERFACE  MAIN LINE  CONFIGURATION
100% VALUE
(2201) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2200):
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %

Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display
as the 100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10 kg/s, 10 l/s resp. 10 Nl/s

FORMAT Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal
(2202) point displayed for the reading in the main line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display,
it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device
cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and the enginee-
ring unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the display between the
measured value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2→ kg/h), indicating that
the measuring system is computing with more decimal places than can be
shown on the display.

Endress+Hauser 23
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

4.2.2 Function group MULTIPLEX

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA


ß
MAIN LINE CCA Þ CONFIGURATION 220
ß
MULTIPLEX 222

Function description
USER INTERFACE  MAIN LINE  MULTIPLEX
ASSIGN Use this function to define the second reading to be displayed in the main
(2220) line alternately (every 10 seconds) with the value defined in the ASSIGN
function (2200).

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (controlled variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (manipulated variable)

Factory setting:
OFF

100% VALUE
(2221) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2220):
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %

Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display
as the 100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10 kg/s, 10 l/s resp. 10 Nl/s

24 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

Function description
USER INTERFACE  MAIN LINE  MULTIPLEX
FORMAT Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal
(2222) point for the second value displayed in the main line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display,
it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device
cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and the einginee-
ring unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the display between the
measured value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that
the measuring system is computing with more decimal places than can be
shown on the display.

Endress+Hauser 25
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

4.3 Group ADDITION LINE

4.3.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA


ß
MAIN LINE CCA
ß
ADDITION LINE CEA Þ CONFIGURATION 240

Function description
USER INTERFACE  ADDITION LINE  CONFIGURATION
F-x3xxxxx-07-05-xx-xx-000

A = main line, B = additional line, C = information line

ASSIGN Use this function to define the display value assigned to the additional line
(2400) (the middle line of the local display) during normal measuring operation.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
TAG NAME
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (controlled variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (manipulated variable)
DEVICE PD-TAG
BLANK LINE

Factory setting:
TOTALIZER 1

26 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

Function description
USER INTERFACE  ADDITION LINE  CONFIGURATION
100% VALUE
(2401) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2400):
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display as the
100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10 kg/s, 10 l/s resp. 10 Nl/s

FORMAT
(2402) H Note!
This function is not available unless a number was selected in the ASSIGN
function (2400).

Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal
point displayed for the reading in the additional line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display,
it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device
cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and the enginee-
ring unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the display between the
measured value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that
the measuring system is computing with more decimal places than can be
shown on the display.

Endress+Hauser 27
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Function description
USER INTERFACE  ADDITION LINE  CONFIGURATION
DISPLAY MODE
(2403) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2400):
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this function to define the format of the bar graph.

Options:
STANDARD
Simple bar graph with 25 / 50 / 75% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

SYMMETRY
Symmetrical bar graph for positive and negative directions of flow,
with -50 / 0 / +50% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Factory setting:
STANDARD

28 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

4.3.2 Function group MULTIPLEX

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA


ß
MAIN LINE CCA
ß
ADDITION LINE CEA Þ CONFIGURATION 240
ß
MULTIPLEX 242

Function description
USER INTERFACE  ADDITION LINE  MULTIPLEX
ASSIGN Use this function to define the second reading to be displayed in the additio-
(2420) nal line alternately (every 10 seconds) with the value defined in the ASSIGN
function (2400).

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
NOMINAL CURRENT (1...3)
NOMINAL FREQUENCY (1...2)
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
TAG NAME
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (controlled variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (manipulated variable)
DEVICE PD-TAG
BLANK LINE

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
Multiplex mode is suspended as soon as a fault/notice message is
generated. The message in question appears on the display.

• Fault message (identified by a lightning icon):


Multiplex mode is resumed as soon as the fault message is no
longer active.

• Notice message (identified by an exclamation mark):


Multiplex mode is resumed as soon as the notice message is no
longer active.

Endress+Hauser 29
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Function description
USER INTERFACE  ADDITION LINE  MULTIPLEX
100% VALUE
(2421) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2420):
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display as the
100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10 kg/s, 10 l/s resp. 10 Nl/s

FORMAT
(2422) H Note!
This function is not available unless a number was selected in the ASSIGN
function (2420).

Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal
point for the second value displayed in the additional line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display,
it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device
cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and the enginee-
ring unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the display between the
measured value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that
the measuring system is computing with more decimal places than can be
shown on the display.

30 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

Function description
USER INTERFACE  ADDITION LINE  MULTIPLEX
DISPLAY MODE
(2423) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2420):
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this function to define the format of the bar graph.

Options:
STANDARD
Simple bar graph with 25 / 50 / 75% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

SYMMETRY
Symmetrical bar graph for positive and negative directions of flow,
with -50 / 0 / +50% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Factory setting:
STANDARD

Endress+Hauser 31
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

4.4 Group INFORMATION LINE

4.4.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA


ß
MAIN LINE CCA
ß
ADDITION LINE CEA
ß
INFORMATION LINE CGA Þ CONFIGURATION 260

Function description
USER INTERFACE
F-x3xxxxx-07-05-xx-xx-000  INFORMATION LINE  CONFIGURATION

A = main line, B = additional line, C = information line

ASSIGN Use this function to define the display value assigned to the information line
(2600) (the bottom line of the local display) during normal measuring operation.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
TAG NAME
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITIONS
DISPLAY FLOW DIRECTION
AI (1...7) - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (controlled variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (manipulated variable)
DEVICE PD-TAG
BLANK LINE

Factory setting:
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITIONS

32 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

Function description
USER INTERFACE  INFORMATION LINE  CONFIGURATION
100% VALUE
(2601) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2600):
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display as the
100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10 kg/s, 10 l/s resp. 10 Nl/s

FORMAT
(2602) H Note!
This function is not available unless a number was selected in the ASSIGN
function (2600).

Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal
point displayed for the reading in the information line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display,
it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device
cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and the enginee-
ring unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the display between the
measured value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that
the measuring system is computing with more decimal places than can be
shown on the display.

Endress+Hauser 33
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Function description
USER INTERFACE  INFORMATION LINE  CONFIGURATION
DISPLAY MODE
(2603) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2600):
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this function to define the format of the bar graph.

Options:
STANDARD
Simple bar graph with 25 / 50 / 75% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

SYMMETRY
Symmetrical bar graph for positive and negative directions of flow,
with -50 / 0 / +50% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Factory setting:
STANDARD

34 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

4.4.2 Function group MULTIPLEX

USER INTERFACE C Þ CONTROL CAA


ß
MAIN LINE CCA
ß
ADDITION LINE CEA
ß
INFORMATION LINE CGA Þ CONFIGURATION 260
ß
MULTIPLEX 262

Function description
USER INTERFACE  INFORMATION LINE  MULTIPLEX
ASSIGN Use this function to define the second reading to be displayed in the informa-
(2620) tion line alternately (every 10 seconds) with the value defined in the ASSIGN
function (2600).

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
TAG NAME
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITIONS
DISPLAY FLOW DIRECTION
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (controlled variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (manipulated variable)
DEVICE PD-TAG
BLANK LINE

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
Multiplex mode is suspended as soon as a fault/notice message is
generated. The message in question appears on the display.

• Fault message (identified by a lightning icon):


Multiplex mode is resumed as soon as the fault message is no
longer active.
• Notice message (identified by an exclamation mark):
Multiplex mode is resumed as soon as the notice message is no
longer active.

Endress+Hauser 35
4 Block USER INTERFACE Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Function description
USER INTERFACE  INFORMATION LINE  MULTIPLEX
100% VALUE
(2621) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2620):
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display as the
100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10 kg/s, 10 l/s resp. 10 Nl/s

FORMAT
(2622) H Note!
This function is not available unless a number was selected in the ASSIGN
function (2620).

Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal
point for the second value displayed in the information line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display,
it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device
cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and the enginee-
ring unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the display between the
measured value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that
the measuring system is computing with more decimal places than can be
shown on the display.

36 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Block USER INTERFACE

Function description
USER INTERFACE  INFORMATION LINE  MULTIPLEX
DISPLAY MODE
(2623) H Note!
This function is not available unless one of the following was selected in the
ASSIGN function (2620):
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this function to define the format of the bar graph.

Options:
STANDARD
Simple bar graph with 25 / 50 / 75% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

SYMMETRY
Symmetrical bar graph for positive and negative directions of flow,
with -50 / 0 / +50% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Factory setting:
STANDARD

Endress+Hauser 37
38

5 Block TOTALIZER
5
Function
Block Groups Functions
groups

Block TOTALIZER
CONFIGURA- ASSIGN UNIT TOTALIZER RESET
TOTALIZER TOTALIZER 1
(D) S. 888
Þ (DAA) p. 39
Þ TION Þ Þ TOTALIZER MODE TOTALIZER
(300) p. 39 (3000) p. 39 (3001) p. 39 (3002) p. 40 (3003) p. 40
ßÝ ßÝ
OPERATION
SUM OVERFLOW
Þ Þ
(3040) p. 41 (3041) p. 41
(304) p. 41

ßÝ
CONFIGURA- UNIT TOTALIZER RESET
TOTALIZER 2 ASSIGN
Þ TION Þ Þ TOTALIZER MODE TOTALIZER
(DAB) p. 39 (3000) p. 39
(300) p. 39 (3001) p. 39 (3002) p. 40 (3003) p. 40
ßÝ ßÝ
OPERATION
SUM OVERFLOW
Þ Þ
(3040) p. 41 (3041) p. 41
(304) p. 41

ßÝ
CONFIGURA- UNIT TOTALIZER RESET
TOTALIZER 3 ASSIGN
Þ TION Þ Þ TOTALIZER MODE TOTALIZER
(DAC) p. 39 (3003) p. 39
(300) p. 39 (3001) p. 39 (3002) p. 40 (3003) p. 40

Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus


ßÝ ßÝ
OPERATION
SUM OVERFLOW
Þ Þ
(3040) p. 41 (3041) p. 41
(304) p. 41

ßÝ
SUM OVERFL
INVENTORY
Þ Þ INVENTORY Þ INVENTORY
(DGA) p. 42
(3600) p. 42 (3601) p. 42

ßÝ
Endress+Hauser

HANDLING RESET ALL FAILSAFE ALL


TOTALIZER Þ Þ TOTS. Þ TOT.
(DJA) p. 43 (3800) p. 43 (3801) p. 43
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Block TOTALIZER

5.1 Group TOTALIZERS (1...3)

5.1.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

TOTALIZER D Þ TOTALIZER 1 DAA Þ CONFIGURATION 300


ß
TOTALIZER 2 DAB Þ CONFIGURATION 300
ß
TOTALIZER 3 DAC Þ CONFIGURATION 300

Function description
TOTALIZER  TOTALIZERS (1...3)  CONFIGURATION
The function descriptions below apply to totalizers 1...3; the totalizers are independently configurable.

ASSIGN Use this function to assign a measured variable to the totalizer.


(3000)
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW

Factory setting:
MASS FLOW

H Note!
• The totalizer is reset to "0" as soon as the selection is changed.
• If you select OFF, the only function shown in this function group is this
function (ASSIGN).

UNIT TOTALIZER Use this function to define the unit for the totalizer's measured variable, as
(3001) selected beforehand.

Options (for the MASS FLOW assignment):


Metric → g; kg; t
US → oz; lb; ton

Factory setting:
kg

Options (for the VOLUME FLOW assignment):


Metric → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml
US → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Mgal; bbl (normal fluids); bbl (beer);
bbl (petrochemicals); bbl (filling tanks)
Imperial → gal; Mgal; bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals)

Factory setting:
m3

Options (for the CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW assignment):


Metric → Nl; Nm3
US → Sm3; Scf

Factory setting:
Nm3

H Note!
The unit selected here have no effect on the Fieldbus. It is only used for the
local display and for assigned instrument functions.

Endress+Hauser 39
5 Block TOTALIZER Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Function description
TOTALIZER  TOTALIZERS (1...3)  CONFIGURATION
TOTALIZER MODE Use this function to define how the flow components are to be totaled by the
(3002) totalizer.

Options:
BALANCE
(positive and negative flow components) The positive and negative flow
components are balanced. In other words, net flow in the flow direction is
registered.

FORWARD
Positive flow components only

REVERSE
Negative flow components only

Factory setting:
Totalizer 1 = BALANCE
Totalizer 2 = FORWARD
Totalizer 3 = REVERSE

RESET TOTALIZER Use this function to reset the sum and the overflow of the totalizer to zero.
(3003)
Options:
NO
YES

Factory setting:
NO

40 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Block TOTALIZER

5.1.2 Function group OPERATION

TOTALIZER D Þ TOTALIZER 1 DAA Þ CONFIGURATION 300


ß
ß OPERATION 304

TOTALIZER 2 DAB Þ CONFIGURATION 300


ß
ß OPERATION 304

TOTALIZER 3 DAC Þ CONFIGURATION 300


ß
OPERATION 304

Function description
TOTALIZER  TOTALIZERS (1...3)  OPERATION
The function descriptions below apply to totalizers 1...3; the totalizers are independently configurable.

SUM Use this function to view the total for the totalizer's measured variable aggre-
(3040) gated since measuring commenced. The value can be positive or negative,
depending on the setting selected in the “TOTALIZER MODE” function
(3002), and the direction of flow.

Display shows:
max. 7-digit floating-point number, including sign and unit
(e.g. 15467.04 m3; -4925.631 kg)

H Note!
• The effect of the setting in the “TOTALIZER MODE” function (see Page 40)
is as follows:
– If the setting is “BALANCE”, the totalizer balances flow in the positive
and negative directions.
– If the setting is “POSITIVE”, the totalizer registers only flow in the posi-
tive direction.
– If the setting is “NEGATIVE”, the totalizer registers only flow in the nega-
tive direction.
• The totalizer's response to faults is defined in the "FAILSAFE ALL
TOTALIZERS" function (3801) (see Page 43).
• If the service code is used to call this function, this value is
editable.

OVERFLOW Use this function to view the overflow for the totalizer aggregated since
(3041) measuring commenced.

Total flow quantity is represented by a floating-point number consisting of


max. 7 digits. You can use this function to view higher numerical values
(>9,999,999) as overflows. The effective quantity is thus the total of OVER-
FLOW plus the value returned by the SUM function.

Example:
Reading for 2 overflows: 2 107 kg (= 20,000,000 kg)
The value returned by the SUM function = 196,845.7 kg
Effective total quantity = 20,196,845.7 kg

Display shows:
integer with exponent, including sign and unit, e.g. 2 107kg

H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Endress+Hauser 41
5 Block TOTALIZER Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.2 Group INVENTORY


TOTALIZER D Þ TOTALIZER 1 DAA
ß
TOTALIZER 2 DAB
ß
TOTALIZER 3 DAC
ß
INVENTORY DGA Þ Inventory functions

Function description
TOTALIZER  INVENTORY  Inventory totalizer functions

H Note!
The group INVENTORY is only accessible when the programming is enabled by service code.

SUM INVENTORY Use this function to view the flow quantity for the inventory totalizer
(3600) aggregated since commissioning (unit in kg). All flow components are
totaled, irrespective of their direction of flow (positive / negative).

Display shows:
7-digit floating-point number [kg]

OVERFLOW Use this function to view the overflow for the inventory totalizer aggregated
INVENTORY since commissioning (unit in kg).
(3601)
Display shows:
7-digit integer with exponential coefficient [kg]

42 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Block TOTALIZER

5.3 Group HANDLING TOTALIZER


TOTALIZER D Þ TOTALIZER 1 DAA
ß
TOTALIZER 2 DAB
ß
TOTALIZER 3 DAC
ß
INVENTORY DGA
ß
HANDLING TOTALIZER DJA Þ Handling totalizer functions

Function description
TOTALIZER  HANDLING TOTALIZER  Totalizer administration functions
RESET ALL Use this function to reset the totals (including all overflows) of the totalizers
TOTALIZERS (1...3) to "zero" (= RESET).
(3800)
Options:
NO
YES

Factory setting:
NO

A Caution!
Note that the inventory totalizer (see Page 42) is not reset.

FAILSAFE ALL Use this function to define the common response of all totalizers (1...3) to
TOTALIZERS error.
(3801)
Options:
STOP
The totalizer is paused until the fault is rectified. The totalizer stops at the last
value prior to the occurrence of the error.

ACTUAL VALUE
The totalizer continues to count is based on the current flow measured value.
The fault is ignored.

HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow is based on the last valid flow value
(before the fault occurred).

Factory setting:
STOP

A Caution!
The inventory totalizer (called SUM INVENTORY, see Page 42) can’t be
assigned its own individual response to error. If an error occurs the inventory
totalizer stops at the last value prior to the occurrence of the error (corre-
sponds to STOP).

Endress+Hauser 43
44

6 Block BASIC FUNCTION


Function
Block Groups Functions
groups

BASIC FOUND. CONFIGURA- WRITE SIMULATION DEVICE PD-


BUS-ADDRESS
FUNCTION Þ FIELDBUS Þ TION Þ PROTECT Þ TAG
(6202) p. 45
(G) (GGA) p. 45 (620) p. 45 (6200) p. 45 (6201) p. 45 (6203) p. 45
ßÝ ßÝ

6
FUNCTION BLOCK OUT VALUE IN VALUE CASCADE IN SETPOINT
BLOCKS Þ SELECTION Þ VALUE VALUE
(622) p. 46 (6220) p. 46 (6221) p. 46 (6222) p. 46 (6223) p. 46 (6224) p. 46
ßÝ

Block BASIC FUNCTION


INFORMATION MANUFAC. ID DEVICE TYPE SERIAL DEVICE DD REVISION
Þ Þ NUMBER REVISION
(624) p. 47 (6240) p. 47 (6241) p. 47 (6242) p. 47 (6243) p. 47 (6244) p. 47
ßÝ
PROCESS CONFIGURA- ASSIGN ON-VAL. LF CUT OFF-VAL. LF PRESS.
PARAMETER Þ TION Þ LF-CUT OFF Þ OFF CUT OFF SHOCK SUPP.
(GIA) p. 48 (640) p. 48 (6400) p. 48 (6402) p. 48 (6403) p. 48 (6404) p. 49
ßÝ ßÝ
EPD EPD EPD VALUE EPD VALUE EPD RESP.
PARAMETER Þ Þ LOW HIGH TIME
(642) p. 50 (6420) p. 50 (6423) p. 50 (6424) p. 50 (6425) p. 50
ßÝ
REFERENCE COR. VOL. FIX. REF. EXPANSION EXP. COEF. REF. TEMPE-
PARAMETER Þ CALC. Þ DENSITY COEF. SQR. RATURE
(646) p. 51 (6460) p. 51 (6461) p. 51 (6462) p. 51 (6463) p. 51 (6464) p. 52
ßÝ
ADJUSTMENT ZEROPOINT DENSITY SET MEASURE DENSITY RESTORE
Þ ADJUST Þ VAL. FLUID ADJUST ORIGINAL
(648) p. 53 (6480) p. 53 (6483) p. 53 (6484) p. 53 (6487) p. 54 (6488) p. 54
ßÝ
SYSTEM CONFIGURA- INST. DIR. DENSITY FLOW POS. ZERO

Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus


PARAMETER Þ TION Þ SENSOR Þ DAMPING DAMPING RETURN
(GLA) p. 55 (660) p. 55 (6600) p. 55 (6602) p. 55 (6603) p. 55 (6605) p. 55
ßÝ
SENSOR DATA CONFIGURA- K FACTOR ZERO POINT NOMINAL
Þ TION Þ Þ DIAMETER
(GNA) p. 56 (680) p. 56 (6800) p. 56 (6803) p. 56 (6804) p. 56
ßÝ
FLOW COEF. KM COEF. KM2 COEF. KT COEF. KD1 COEF. KD2
COEFFICIENT Þ Þ
(684) p. 57 (6840) p. 57 (6841) p. 57 (6842) p. 57 (6843) p. 57 (6844) p. 57
ßÝ
Endress+Hauser

DENSITY COEF. C 0 COEF. C 1 COEF. C 2 COEF. C 3 COEF. C 4 COEF. C 5


COEFFICIENT Þ Þ
(685) p. 58 (6850) p. 58 (6851) p. 58 (6852) p. 58 (6853) p. 59 (6854) p. 59 (6864) p. 59
ßÝ
ADDITIONAL MIN. TEMP. MAX. TEMP. MIN. TEMP MAX. TEMP
COEFFICIENT Þ MEAS. Þ MEAS. CARR. CARR.
(686) p. 60 (6860) p. 60 (6861) p. 60 (6862) p. 60 (6863) p. 60
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Block BASIC FUNCTION

6.1 Group FOUNDATION FIELDBUS

6.1.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA Þ CONFIGURATION 620

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  FOUNDATION FIELDBUS  CONFIGURATION
WRITE PROTECT Use this function to check whether the measuring device can be write
(6200) accessed via Fieldbus.

Display shows:
OFF
Access to device parameter via FF is possible

ON
Access to device parameter via FF is not possible

Factory setting:
ON

H Note!
Hardware write protection is activated and deactivated by means of a jumper
on the I/O board (see Operating Instruction Promass 83 BA 065D/06/en/).

SIMULATION Use this function to check whether a simulation in the Analog Input Function
(6201) Block is possible.

Display shows:
OFF
Simulation in the Analog Input and Discrete Output Function Block is not
possible.

ON
Simulation in the Analog Input and Discrete Output Function Block is
possible

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
• The Simulation mode is activated and deactivated by means of a jumper
on the I/O board (see Operating Instruction Promass 83 BA 065D/06/en/).
• The status of the simulation mode is also shown in the parameter
"BLOCK_ERR" of the Resource Block (see Page 80).

BUS-ADDRESS
(6202) H Note!
The service code has to be entered in order to access this function. If the
service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

DEVICE PD-TAG Use this function to enter a tag name for the measuring device.
(6203)
User input:
max. 32-character text, permissible: A-Z, 0-9, +,-, punctuation marks

Factory setting:
E+H_PROMASS_83_XXXXXXXXXXX

Endress+Hauser 45
6 Block BASIC FUNCTION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.1.2 Function group FUNCTION BLOCKS

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA Þ CONFIGURATION 620


ß
FUNCTION BLOCKS 622

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  FOUND. FIELDBUS  OPERATION
BLOCK SELECTION In this function, a function block can be selected, whose value and status is
(6220) shown in the following functions.

Options:
ANALOG INPUT 1
ANALOG INPUT 2
ANALOG INPUT 3
ANALOG INPUT 4
ANALOG INPUT 5
ANALOG INPUT 6
ANALOG INPUT 7
PID

Factory setting:
ANALOG INPUT 1

OUT VALUE Display of the output value OUT, incl. unit and status of the selected Analog
(6221) Input or PID function in the function BLOCK SELECTION (6220).

IN VALUE
(6222) H Note!
This function is not available unless the PID selection was selected in the
BLOCK SELECTION (6220) function.

Display of the controlled variable IN, incl. unit and status of the selected Ana-
log Input or PID function in the function BLOCK SELECTION (6220).

CASCADE IN VALUE
(6223) H Note!
This function is not available unless the PID selection was selected in the
BLOCK SELECTION (6220) function.

Display of an analog set value, incl. units and status, taken over from an
external function block.

SETPOINT VALUE
(6224) H Note!
• This function is not available unless the PID selection was selected in the
BLOCK SELECTION (6220) function.
• If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

Display of the set value, incl. units and status, for the PID function block.

46 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Block BASIC FUNCTION

6.1.3 Function group INFORMATION

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA Þ CONFIGURATION 620


ß
FUNCTION BLOCKS 622
ß
INFORMATION 624

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  FOUND. FIELDBUS  OPERATION
MANUFACTURER ID Use this function to view the manufacturer ID in decimal numerical format.
(6240)
Display shows:
452B48 (hex) for Endress+Hauser

DEVICE TYPE Use this function to view the device ID in hexadecimal numerical format.
(6241)
Display shows:
1051 (dez) for Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

SERIAL Use this function to view the serial number.


NUMBER
(6242) Display shows:
11-digit number

DEVICE REVISION Use this function to view the device Revision number.
(6243)
Display shows:
1

DD REVISION Use this function to view the Revision number of the Device Description.
(6244)
Display shows:
1

Endress+Hauser 47
6 Block BASIC FUNCTION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.2 Group PROCESS PARAMETER

6.2.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA Þ CONFIGURATION 640

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  PROCESS PARAMETER  CONFIGURATION
ASSIGN LOW Use this function to assign the switching point for Low flow cut off rate sup-
FLOW CUT OFF pression.
(6400)
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW

Factory setting:
MASS FLOW

ON-VALUE LOW Use this function to assign a value to the switch-on point for Low flow cut off.
FLOW CUT OFF
(6402) Low flow cut off is active if the setting is a value not equal to 0. The sign of the
flow value is highlighted on the display to indicate that Low flow cut off is
active.

User input:
depends on nominal diameter

Factory setting:
0.0000

H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding unit function in the
group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 13).

OFF-VALUE LOW Use this function to assign a value to the switch-off point for Low flow cut off.
FLOW CUT OFF Enter the OFF-VALUE as a positive hysteresis from the ON-VALUE.
(6403)
User input:
0...100%

Factory setting:
50%

48 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Block BASIC FUNCTION

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  PROCESS PARAMETER  CONFIGURATION
PRESSURE SHOCK The closure of a valve can cause brief but severe movements of the fluid in
SUPPRESSION the piping system, movements which the measuring system registers. The
(6404) pulses totaled in this way result in a totalizer reading error, particularly in the
case of filling processes. For this reason, the measuring device is equipped
with Pressure shock suppression (= short-term signal suppression) which
can eliminate system-related "disruptions".

H Note!
Note that Pressure shock suppression cannot be used unless the Low
flow cut off is active (see ON-VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF function
on Page 48).

Use this function to define the time span for active pressure shock
suppression.

Activation of the Pressure shock suppression


Pressure pulse suppression is activated after the flow falls below the
ON_Value of the Low flow cut off (see point 1 in grafic).

While Pressure shock suppression is active, the following conditions apply:


• Flow reading on display → 0
• Totalizer reading → the totalizers are pegged at the last correct value.

Deactivation of the Pressure shock suppression


The Pressure shock suppression is deactivated after the time interval, set in
this function, has passed (see point 2 in grafic).

H Note!
The actual flow value is displayed and output, when the time interval for
the Pressure shock suppression has passed and the flow exceeds the
OFF-VALUE of the Low flow cut off (see point 3 in grafic).

F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-en-000

User input:
max. 4-digit number, incl. unit: 0.00...100.00 s

Factory setting:
0.00 s

Endress+Hauser 49
6 Block BASIC FUNCTION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.2.2 Function group EPD PARAMETER

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA Þ CONFIGURATION 640
ß
EPD PARAMETER 642

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  PROCESS PARAMETER  EPD PARAMETER
EMPTY PIPE Use this function to activate the empty pipe detection (EPD). With empty
DETECTION measuring tubes the density of the fluid falls below a specified value (see
(6420) EPD VALUE LOW function).

Options:
OFF - ON

Factory setting:
OFF

A Caution!
• Select a correspondingly low EPD responce value in the EPD VALUE LOW
function, so that the difference to the effective density of the fluid is suf-
ficiently large enough. This ensures that totally empty measuring tubes
and not partially filled ones are detected.
• For gas measurement we strongly recommend to switch off empty pipe
detection.

EPD VALUE LOW


(6423)
H Note!
This function is not available unless the ON selection was selected in the
EMPTY PIPE DETECTION function.

Use this function to set an lower threshold for the measured density value,
in order to detect possible problems in the process indicated by too low den-
sity.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
0.2000 g/cc

EPD VALUE HIGH


(6424)
H Note!
This function is not available unless the ON selection was selected in the
EMPTY PIPE DETECTION function.

Use this function to set an upper threshold for the measured density value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
6.0000 g/cc

EPD RESPONSE TIME Use this function to enter the time span for which the criteria for an empty
(6425) pipe have to be satisfied without interruption before a notice message or fault
message is generated.

User input:
fixed-point number: 1.0...60.0 s

Factory setting:
1.0 s

50 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Block BASIC FUNCTION

6.2.3 Function group REFERENCE PARAMETER

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA Þ CONFIGURATION 640
ß
EPD PARAMETER 642
ß
REFERENCE PARA. 646

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  PROCESS PARAMETER  REFERENCE PARAMETER
CORRECTED This function is used to set the reference density for calculating the corrected
VOLUME volume flow.
CALCULATION
(6460) Options:
FIXED REFERENCE DENSITY
CALCULATED REFERENCE DENSITY

Factory setting:
CALCULATED REFERENCE DENSITY

FIXED REFERENCE
DENSITY H Note!
(6461) This function is not available unless the FIXED REFERENCE DENSITY setting
was selected in the COR. VOL. CALC. function (6460).

In this function, a fixed value for the reference density can be entered, with
which the corrected volume flow or corrected volume is calculated.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
1 kg/Nl

EXPANSION
COEFFICIENT H Note!
(6462) This function is not available unless the CALCULATED REFERENCE
DENSITY setting was selected in the COR. VOL. CALC. function (6460).

For temperature compensated calculations of the reference density an


expansion coefficient specific to the fluid is required and can be entered in
this function.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
0.5000 e-3 [1/K]

EXPANSION Use this function to enter a squarely expansion coefficient, if the temperature
COEFFICIENT compensation follows a non-linear behaviour.
SQUARELY
(6463) User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
0 e-6 [1/K2]

Endress+Hauser 51
6 Block BASIC FUNCTION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  PROCESS PARAMETER  REFERENCE PARAMETER
REFERENCE
TEMPERATURE H Note!
(6464) This function is not available unless the CALCULATED REFERENCE
DENSITY setting was selected in the COR. VOL. CALC. function (6460).

Input of the reference temperature for calculation corrected volume flow,


corrected volume and reference density.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
20.000 °C

The reference density is calculated as follows:

ρN = ρ · (1 + α ∆ t + β ∆ t2) ; where ∆ t = t - tN

ρN = Reference density

ρ = Actual measured density of fluid (measured value Promass)

t = Actual measured temperature of fluid (measured value Promass)

tN = Reference temperature for calculating reference density (e.g. 20 °C)

α = Volumetric expansion coefficient of the fluid. Unit = [1/K]; K = Kelvin

β = Square volumetric expansion coefficient of the fluid. Unit = [1/K2]

52 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Block BASIC FUNCTION

6.2.4 Function group ADJUSTMENT

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA Þ CONFIGURATION 640
ß
EPD PARAMETER 642
ß
REFERENCE PARA. 646
ß
ADJUSTMENT 648

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  PROCESS PARAMETER  ADJUSTMENT
ZEROPOINT ADJUST This function enables a zero point adjustment to be automatically carried out.
(6480) The new zero point determined by the measuring system is adopted by the
ZERO POINT function (see Page 56).

Options:
CANCEL
START

Factory setting:
CANCEL

A Caution!
Before carrying out the calibration, please refer to BA059D/06/en "Promass
83 Operating Instructions" where a detailed description of the zero point
adjustment is given.

H Note!
• Programming is locked during zero point adjustment and the display
shows: "ZERO ADJUST RUNNING".
• If the zero point adjustment is not possible, e.g. with a flow velocity
> 0.1 m/s, or has been cancelled, then the alarm message "ZERO ADJUST
NOT POSSIBLE" is shown on the display. This error is communicated to
the subsequent function blocks via the status "UNCERTAIN" for the pro-
cess variables.

DENSITY SET VALUE In this function, enter the density set value of the fluid for which you want to
(6483) carry out a field density adjustment.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number, incl. units

H Note!
• The preset density entered here should not vary from the actual fluid
density by a more than ±10%.
• The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding UNIT function in the
group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 13).

MEASURE FLUID In this function the actual density of the fluid is measured for the density
(6484) adjustment.

Options:
CANCEL
START

Endress+Hauser 53
6 Block BASIC FUNCTION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  PROCESS PARAMETER  ADJUSTMENT
DENSITY ADJUST With this function a density adjustment can be carried out on site. The den-
(6487) sity adjustment values will thus be recalculated and stored. This ensures that
the values dependent on density calculations (e.g. volume flow) are as accu-
rate as possible.

H Note!
Before carrying out a density adjustment, please refer to BA059D/06/en
"Promass 83 Operating Instructions" where a detailed description of the
density adjustment is given.

1-point density adjustment (with one fluid)


This type of density adjustment is necessary under the following conditions:
• The sensor does not accurately measure the density which the operator
expects based on laboratory trials.
• The characteristics of the fluid are outside the measuring points set at
the factory or reference conditions under which the flowmeter has been
calibrated.
• The plant is used solely for measuring a fluid whose density is to be
determined very accurately under constant conditions.

User input:
CANCEL
DENSITY ADJUST

Factory setting:
CANCEL

RESTORE ORIGINAL With this function the original density coefficient determined at the factory are
(6488) restored.

Options:
NO
YES

Factory setting:
NO

54 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Block BASIC FUNCTION

6.3 Group SYSTEM PARAMETER

6.3.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA
ß
SYSTEM PARAMETER GLA Þ CONFIGURATION 660

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  SYSTEM PARAMETER  CONFIGURATION
INSTALLATION Use this function to reverse the sign of the flow quantity, if necessary.
DIRECTION SENSOR
(6600) Options:
NORMAL (flow as indicated by the arrow)
INVERSE (flow opposite to direction indicated by the arrow)

Factory setting:
NORMAL

H Note!
Ascertain the actual direction of fluid flow with reference to the direction indi-
cated by the arrow on the sensor (nameplate).

DENSITY DAMPING The density filter allows the sensitivity of the density measuring signal to be
(6602) lowered with respect to variations in the density of the fluid, e.g. with inhomo-
geneous liquids. The damping acts on all functions of the measuring device.

User input:
max. 5-digit number, including unit: 0.00...100.00 s

Factory setting:
0.00 s

FLOW DAMPING Using the interference blanking (= time constant for exponential filter) the
(6603) sensitivity of the flow measurement signal can be reduced with respect to
transient flows and interference peaks; e.g. with fluid containing solids or gas
bubbles, etc. The damping acts on all functions of the measuring device.

User input:
0...100 s

Factory setting:
0s

POSITIVE ZERO Use this function to interrupt evaluation of measured variables. This is neces-
RETURN sary when a piping system is being cleaned, for example. This setting acts
(6605) on all functions of the measuring device.

Options:
OFF
ON (signal output is set to the zero flow value, temperature and density are
output normally)

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
An active positive zero return is communicated to the subsequent function
blocks via the status "UNCERTAIN" for the process variables.

Endress+Hauser 55
6 Block BASIC FUNCTION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.4 Group SENSOR DATA

6.4.1 Function group CONFIGURATION

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA
ß
SYSTEM PARAMETER GLA
ß
SENSOR DATA GNA Þ CONFIGURATION 680

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  SENSOR DATA  CONFIGURATION
All sensor data, including nominal diameter, calibration factor, and zero point are set at the factory. All the
sensor's parameter settings are saved on the S-DAT memory chip.

A Caution!
Under normal circumstances you should not change these parameter settings, because changes affect
numerous functions of the entire measuring facility in general, and the accuracy of the measuring system
in particular. Consequently, the functions described below can be accessed only by entering a special
service code, which is not the same as your private code number.

Contact the E+H service organization if you have any questions about these functions.

K FACTOR This function shows the current calibration factor for the sensor.
(6800)
Factory setting:
depends on nominal diameter and calibration

H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

ZERO POINT This function shows the current zero-point correction value for the sensor.
(6803)
User input:
max. 5-digit number: -99999 ...+99999

Factory setting:
depends on calibration

NOMINAL DIAMETER This function shows the nominal diameter for the sensor.
(6804)
Factory setting:
depends on the size of the sensor

H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

56 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Block BASIC FUNCTION

6.4.2 Function group FLOW COEFFICIENT

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA
ß
SYSTEM PARAMETER GLA
ß
SENSOR DATA GNA Þ CONFIGURATION 680
ß
FLOW COEFFICIENT 684

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  SENSOR DATA  FLOW COEFFICIENT
All flow coefficient are set at the factory. All the sensor's parameter settings are saved on the S-DAT
memory chip.

A Caution!
Under normal circumstances it is not necessary to change these default settings. Consequently, the
functions described below can be accessed only by entering a special service code, which is not the
same as your private code number.

Contact the E+H service organization if you have any questions about these functions.

TEMPERATURE This function shows the temperatur coefficient KM.


COEFFICIENT KM
(6840)

TEMPERATURE This function shows the temperatur coefficient KM 2.


COEFFICIENT KM 2
(6841)

TEMPERATURE This function shows the temperatur coefficient KT.


COEFFICIENT KT
(6842)

CALIBRATION This function shows the calibration coefficient KD 1.


COEFFICIENT KD 1
(6843)

CALIBRATION This function shows the calibration coefficient KD 2.


COEFFICIENT KD 2
(6844)

Endress+Hauser 57
6 Block BASIC FUNCTION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.4.3 Function group DENSITY COEFFICIENT

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA
ß
SYSTEM PARAMETER GLA
ß
SENSOR DATA GNA Þ CONFIGURATION 680
ß
FLOW COEFFICIENT 684
ß
DENSITY COEFFICIENT 685

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  SENSOR DATA  DENSITY COEFFICIENT
All density coefficient are set at the factory. All the sensor's parameter settings are saved on the S-DAT
memory chip.

A Caution!
Under normal circumstances it is not necessary to change these default settings. Consequently, the
functions described below can be accessed only by entering a special service code, which is not the
same as your private code number.

Contact the E+H service organization if you have any questions about these functions.

DENSITY This function shows the actual density coefficient C 0.


COEFFICIENT C 0
(6850)
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.

DENSITY This function shows the actual density coefficient C 1.


COEFFICIENT C 1
(6851)
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.

DENSITY This function shows the actual density coefficient C 2.


COEFFICIENT C 2
(6852)
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.

58 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Block BASIC FUNCTION

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  SENSOR DATA  DENSITY COEFFICIENT
DENSITY This function shows the actual density coefficient C 3.
COEFFICIENT C 3
(6853)
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.

DENSITY This function shows the actual density coefficient C 4.


COEFFICIENT C 4
(6854)
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.

DENSITY This function shows the actual density coefficient C 5.


COEFFICIENT C 5
(6855)
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.

Endress+Hauser 59
6 Block BASIC FUNCTION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.4.4 Function group ADDITIONAL COEFFICIENT

BASIC FUNCTION G Þ FOUND. FIELDBUS GGA


ß
PROCESS PARAMETER GIA
ß
SYSTEM PARAMETER GLA
ß
SENSOR DATA GNA Þ CONFIGURATION 680
ß
FLOW COEFFICIENT 684
ß
DENSITY COEFFICIENT 685
ß
ADDITIONAL COEFF. 686

Function description
BASIC FUNCTION  SENSOR DATA  ADDITIONAL COEFFICIENT
All sensor data are set at the factory. All the sensor's parameter settings are saved on the S-DAT memory
chip.

A Caution!
These functions are used for displaying device parameters only and consequently cannot be accessed.
Contact the E+H service organization if you have any questions about these functions.

MINIMAL Display of the lowest fluid temperature measured.


TEMPERATURE
MEASURED
(6860)

MAXIMAL Display of the highest fluid temperature measured.


TEMPERATURE
MEASURED
(6861)

MINIMAL Display of the lowest carrier tube temperature measured.


TEMPERATURE
CARRIER TUBE
(6862)

MAXIMAL Display of the highest carrier tube temperature measured.


TEMPERATURE
CARRIER TUBE
(6863)

60 Endress+Hauser
Endress+Hauser

Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus


7
Function
Block Groups Functions
groups

Block SUPERVISION
SYSTEM OPERATION ACT. SYST. PREV. SYST. SIM. FAILSAFE SIM. MEASU- VAL. SIM. SYSTEM TROUBLES- OPERATION
SUPERVISION
Þ Þ Þ CONDITION Þ CONDITION MODE RAND MEAS. RESET HOOTING HOURS
(J)
(JAA) p. 62 (804) p. 62 (8040) p. 62 (8041) p. 62 (8042) p. 62 (8043) p. 62 (8044) p. 63 (8046) p. 63 (8047) p. 63 (8048) p. 63
ßÝ
VERSION-INFO SENSOR SERIAL SENSOR HW-REV. NO. HW IDENT.-NO. PROD.-NO. SW-REV.-NO.
Þ Þ NUMBER Þ TYPE SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR S-DAT
(JCA) p. 64 (820) p. 64 (8200) p. 64 (8201) p. 64 (8202) p. 64 (8203) p. 64 (8204) p. 64 (8205) p. 64
ßÝ
AMPLIFIER HW REV. NO. HW ID. NO. SW REV. NO. SW ID. NO. PROD. NO. SW REV. NO.
Þ AMPLIFIER Þ AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER AMPLIFIER T DAT
(822) p. 65 (8220) p. 65 (8221) p. 65 (8222) p. 65 (8223) p. 65 (8224) p. 65 (8225) p. 65
ßÝ
I/O MODULE I/O MODULE HW REV.-NO. HW ID.-NO. SW REV.-NO. SW ID.-NO. PROD.-NO.
Þ TYPE Þ I/O MODULE I/O MODULE I/O MODULE I/O MODULE I/O MODULE
(830) p. 66 (8300) p. 66 (8301) p. 66 (8302) p. 66 (8303) p. 66 (8304) p. 66 (8305) p. 66

7 Block SUPERVISION
61
7 Block SUPERVISION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.1 Group SYSTEM

7.1.1 Function group OPERATION

SUPERVISION J Þ SYSTEM JAA Þ OPERATION 804

Function description
SUPERVISION  SYSTEM  OPERATION
ACTUAL SYSTEM Use this function to check the present system status.
CONDITION
(8040) Display shows:
"SYSTEM OK" or the fault / notice message with the highest priority.

PREVIOUS SYSTEM Use this function to view the fifteen most recent error and notice messages
CONDITION since measuring last started.
(8041)
Display shows:
The 15 most recent error or notice messages

SIMULATION Use this function to set all totalizers to their defined error-response modes, in
FAILSAFE MODE order to check whether they respond correctly. During this time, the words
(8042) "SIMULATION FAILSAFE MODE" appear on the display.

Options:
ON
OFF

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
An active simulation of the failsafe mode is communicated to the subsequent
function blocks via the status "UNCERTAIN" for the process variables.

SIMULATION In this function, the simulation of a process variable can be activated. The
MEASURAND simulation value is set in the function VALUE SIMULATION MEASURAND
(8043) (8044). During this time, the words "SIMULATION MEASURAND" appear on
the display.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE

Factory setting:
OFF

A Caution!
• The measuring device cannot be used for measuring while this
simulation is in progress.
• The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.

H Note!
• An active simulation of the measurand is communicated to the subsequent
function blocks via the status "UNCERTAIN" for the process variables.
• The simulation is independent of the position of the jumper for the simula-
tion mode on the I/O board.

62 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 Block SUPERVISION

Function description
SUPERVISION  SYSTEM  OPERATION
VALUE SIMULATION
MEASURAND H Note!
(8044) The function is not visible unless the SIMULATION MEASURAND function
(8043) is active.

Use this function to define a selectable value (e.g. 12 m3/s). This is used to
test the associated functions in the flowmeter itself and downstream function
blocks.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
0

A Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.

SYSTEM RESET Use this function to perform a reset of the measuring system.
(8046)
Options:
NO
RESTART SYSTEM (restart without interrupting power supply)

Factory setting:
NO

TROUBLESHOOTING Use this function to rectify errors in the EEPROM (Error message AMP SW-
(8047) EEPROM, # 012). The EEPROM is divided into a number of blocks. Only
blocks which an error has occurred are shown. Select the block in question
and press the 1-key to clear the error.

H Note!
When you clear an error in a block, the parameters of the block you select
are reset to their factory settings.

OPERATION HOURS
(8048) H Note!
The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.

Use this function to read the operating hours of the measuring device.

Display shows:
00:00:00 = hr : min : sec
0000:00 = hr : min
000000 = hr

Endress+Hauser 63
7 Block SUPERVISION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.2 Group VERSION-INFO

7.2.1 Function group SENSOR

SUPERVISION J Þ SYSTEM JAA


ß
VERSION-INFO JCA Þ SENSOR 820

Function description
SERVICE & ANALYSIS  APPLICATION  TESTPOINTS
SERIAL NUMBER Use this function to view the serial number of the sensor.
(8200)

SENSOR Use this function to view the sensor type (e.g. Promass F).
TYPE
(8201)

HARDWARE Use this function to view the hardware revision number of the sensor.
REVISION NUMBER
SENSOR
(8202)

HARDWARE
ID NUMBER H Note!
SENSOR The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.
(8203)
Use this function to view the hardware ID number of the sensor.

PRODUCTION
NUMBER H Note!
SENSOR The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.
(8204)
Use this function to view the production number of the sensor.

SOFTWARE Use this function to view the software revision number of the software used to
REVISION NUMBER create the content of the S-DAT™.
S-DAT™
(8205)

64 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 Block SUPERVISION

7.2.2 Function group AMPLIFIER

SUPERVISION J Þ SYSTEM JAA


ß
VERSION-INFO JCA Þ SENSOR 820
ß
AMPLIFIER 822

Function description
SUPERVISION  VERSION-INFO  AMPLIFIER
HARDWARE Use this function to view the hardware revision number of the amplifier.
REVISION NUMBER
AMPLIFIER
(8220)

HARDWARE
ID NUMBER H Note!
AMPLIFIER The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.
(8221)
Use this function to view the hardware ID number of the amplifier.

SOFTWARE Use this function to view the software revision number of the amplifier.
REVISION NUMBER
AMPLIFIER
(8222)

SOFTWARE
ID NUMBER H Note!
AMPLIFIER The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.
(8223)
Use this function to view the software ID number of the amplifier.

PRODUCTION
NUMBER H Note!
AMPLIFIER The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.
(8224)
Use this function to view the production number of the amplifier.

SOFTWARE Use this function to view the software revision number of the software used to
REVISION NUMBER create the content of the T-DAT™.
T-DAT™
(8225)

Endress+Hauser 65
7 Block SUPERVISION Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.2.3 Function group I/O MODULE

SUPERVISION J Þ SYSTEM JAA


ß
VERSION-INFO JCA Þ SENSOR 820
ß
AMPLIFIER 822
ß
F-CHIP 824
ß
I/O MODULE 830

Function description
SUPERVISION  VERSION-INFO  I/O MODULE
I/O MODULE TYPE Use this function to view the configuration of the I/O module complete with
(8300) terminal numbers.

HARDWARE Use this function to view the hardware revision number of the I/O module.
REVISION NUMBER
I/O MODULE
(8301)

HARDWARE
ID NUMBER H Note!
I/O MODULE The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.
(8302)
Use this function to view the hardware ID number of the I/O module.

SOFTWARE Use this function to view the software revision number of the I/O module.
REVISION NUMBER
I/O MODULE
(8303)

SOFTWARE
ID NUMBER H Note!
I/O MODULE The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.
(8304)
Use this function to view the software ID number of the I/O module.

PRODUCTION
NUMBER H Note!
I/O MODULE The service code has to be entered in order to access this function.
(8305)
Use this function to view the production number of the I/O module.

66 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 8 Index key words for function matrix

8 Index key words for function matrix


Blocks Functions 0...
A = MEASURED VARIABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 0000 = MASS FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
C = USER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 0001 = VOLUME FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
D = TOTALIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 0004 = CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . 12
G = BASIC FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 0005 = DENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
J = SUPERVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 0006 = REFERENCE DENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
0008 = TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Groups 0400 = UNIT MASS FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
AAA = MEASURING VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 0401 = UNIT MASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ACA = SYSTEM UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 0402 = UNIT VOLUME FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
CAA = CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 0403 = UNIT VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
CCA = MAIN LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 0404 = UNIT CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW . . . . . . 15
CEA = ADDITION LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 0405 = UNIT CORRECTED VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
CGA = INFORMATION LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 0420 = UNIT DENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DAA = TOTALIZER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 0421 = UNIT REFERENCE DENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
DAB = TOTALIZER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 0422 = UNIT TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
DAC = TOTALIZER 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 0424 = UNIT LENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
DGA = INVENTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
DJA = HANDLING TOTALIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 2...
GGA = FOUNDATION FIELDBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 2000 = LANGUAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
GIA = PROCESS PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 2002 = DISPLAY DAMPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
GLA = SYSTEM PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 2003 = LCD CONTRAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
GNA = SENSOR DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 2020 = ACCESS CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
JAA = SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 2021 = DEFINE PRIVATE CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
JCA = VERSION-INFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 2022 = STATUS ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2040 = TEST DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Function groups 2200 = ASSIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
000 = MAIN VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 2201 = 100% VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
040 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 2202 = FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
042 = ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . .16 2220 = ASSIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
200 = BASIC CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 2221 = 100% VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
202 = UNLOCKING/LOCKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 2222 = FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
204 = OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 2400 = ASSIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
220 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 2401 = 100% VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
222 = MULTIPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 2402 = FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
240 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 2403 = DISPLAY MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
242 = MULTIPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 2420 = ASSIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
260 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 2421 = 100% VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
262 = MULTIPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 2422 = FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
300 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 2423 = DISPLAY MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
304 = OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 2600 = ASSIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
620 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 2601 = 100% VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
622 = FUNCTION BLOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 2602 = FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
624 = INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 2603 = DISPLAY MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
640 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 2620 = ASSIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
642 = EPD PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 2621 = 100% VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
646 = REFERENCE PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 2622 = FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
648 = ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 2623 = DISPLAY MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
660 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
680 = CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 3...
684 = FLOW COEFFICIENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 3000 = ASSIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
685 = DENSITY COEFFICIENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 3001 = UNIT TOTALIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
686 = ADDITIONAL COEFFICIENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 3002 = TOTALIZER MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
804 = OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 3003 = RESET TOTALIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
820 = SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 3040 = SUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
822 = AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 3041 = OVERFLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
830 = I/O MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 3600 = SUM INVENTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Endress+Hauser 67
8 Index key words for function matrix Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3601 = OVERFLOW INVENTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 8...


3800 = RESET ALL TOTALIZERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 8040 = ACTUAL SYSTEM CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . 62
3801 = FAILSAFE ALL TOTALIZERS . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 8041 = PREVIOUS SYSTEM CONDITION . . . . . . . . . 62
8042 = SIMULATION FAILSAFE MODE . . . . . . . . . . 62
6... 8043 = SIMULATION MEASURAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
6200 = WRITE PROTECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 8044 = VALUE SIMULATION MEASURAND . . . . . . . 63
6201 = SIMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 8046 = SYSTEM RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
6202 = BUS ADDRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 8047 = TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
6203 = DEVICE PD-TAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 8048 = OPERATION HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
6220 = BLOCK SELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 8200 = SERIAL NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6221 = OUT VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 8201 = SENSOR TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6222 = IN VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 8202 = HW REV.-NUMBER SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6223 = CASCADE IN VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 8203 = HW ID-NUMBER SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6224 = SETPOINT VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 8204 = PROD.-NUMBER SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6240 = MANUFACTURER ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 8205 = SW REV.-NUMBER S-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
6241 = DEVICE TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 8220 = HW REV.-NUMBER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . 65
6242 = SERIAL NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 8221 = HW ID-NUMBER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
6243 = DEVICE REVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 8222 = SW REV.-NUMBER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . 65
6244 = DD REVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 8223 = SW ID- NUMBER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
6400 = ASSIGN LOW FLOW CUT OFF . . . . . . . . . . 48 8224 = PROD.-NUMBER AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
6402 = ON-VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF . . . . . . . . 48 8225 = SW REV.-NUMBER T-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
6403 = OFF-VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF . . . . . . . 48 8300 = I/O MODULE TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
6404 = PRESSURE SHOCK SUPPRESSION . . . . . . 49 8301 = HW REV.-NUMBER I/O MODULE . . . . . . . . . 66
6420 = EMPTY PIPE DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 8302 = HW ID-NUMBER I/O MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . 66
6423 = EPD VALUE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 8303 = SW REV.-NUMBER I/O MODULE . . . . . . . . . 66
6424 = EPD VALUE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 8304 = SW ID-NUMBER I/O MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . 66
6425 = EPD RESPONSE TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 8305 = PROD.-NUMBER I/O MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . 66
6460 = CORRECTED VOLUME CALCULATION . . . 51
6461 = FIXED REFERENCE DENSITY . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6462 = EXPANSION COEFFICIENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6463 = EXPANSION COEFFICIENT SQUARELY . . . 51
6464 = REFERENCE TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . 52
6480 = ZEROPOINT ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6483 = DENSITY SET VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6484 = MEASURE FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6487 = DENSITY ADJUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
6488 = RESTORE ORIGINAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
6600 = INSTALLATION DIRECTION SENSOR . . . . 55
6602 = DENSITY DAMPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6603 = FLOW DAMPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6605 = POSITIVE ZERO RETURN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
6800 = K FACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6803 = ZERO POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6804 = NOMINAL DIAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
6840 = TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT KM . . . . . . . 57
6841 = TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT KM 2 . . . . . 57
6842 = TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT KT . . . . . . . 57
6843 = CALIBRATION COEFFICIENT KD 1 . . . . . . 57
6844 = CALIBRATION COEFFICIENT KD 2 . . . . . . 57
6850 = DENSITY COEFFICIENT C 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6851 = DENSITY COEFFICIENT C 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6852 = DENSITY COEFFICIENT C 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
6853 = DENSITY COEFFICIENT C 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6854 = DENSITY COEFFICIENT C 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6855 = DENSITY COEFFICIENT C 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
6860 = MINIMAL TEMPERATURE MEASURED . . . . 60
6861 = MAXIMAL TEMPERATURE MEASURED . . . 60
6862 = MINIMAL TEMPERATURE CARRIER TUBE . 60
6863 = MAXIMAL TEMPERATURE CARRIER TUBE 60

68 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 9 Index key words for local operation

9 Index key words for local operation

A
Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Configuration
Actual system condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Addition line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Addition line FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Multiplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Additional coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Process parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Additional configuration (System units) . . . . . . . . . . .16 Sensor data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
System parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Adjustment
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Amplifier (Version-Info) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Contrast LCD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Assign Control (User interface)
Addition line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Basic configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Addition line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Un-/Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Information line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Corrected volume calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Corrected volume flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Main line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 D
Damping
B Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Basic configuration (User interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Basic function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Block DD Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Basic functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Define private code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Measured variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Coefficient C0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Coefficient C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Block Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Coefficient C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Bus-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Coefficient C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Coefficient C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
C Coefficient C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Calibration Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Coefficient KD 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Fixed reference density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Coefficient KD 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Set value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Cascade IN Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Device PD-Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Coefficient Device Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Calibration KD 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Device type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Calibration KD 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Display
Density C 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Density C1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Density C2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Display mode
Density C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Addition line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Density C4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Addition line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Density C5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Information line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Expansion (squarely) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Temperature KM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Temperature KM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Temperature KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Endress+Hauser 69
9 Index key words for local operation Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

E Function groups (continuation)


EPD (Empty pipe detection) Multiplex
EPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Addition line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Responce time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Value high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Value low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Operation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Expansion
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Coefficient squarely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Reference parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
F Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Failsafe Un-/Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
All totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Function matrix
Codes identifying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fixed reference density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
General layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Flow
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 G
Flow damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Groups
Fluid (measure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Additional line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Format Control (User interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Addition line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Addition line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Handling Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Information line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Main line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Measuring values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Process parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Sensor data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 System parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Function blocks (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) . . . . . . . 46 System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Function groups Totalizer (1...3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Additional coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Version-Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Additional configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 H
Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Handling Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Basic configuration (User interface) . . . . . . . . . . 19 Hardware ID number
Configuration Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Additional line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Hardware revision number
Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Process parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Sensor data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
System parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 I
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 IN Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Density coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Information line
EPD parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Flow coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Multiplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Function blocks Information (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Installation direction sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Information (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) . . . . . . . . . 47
Inventory
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Main values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

70 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 9 Index key words for local operation

K P
K Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Positive zero return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Pressure shock suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Previous system condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
L Process parameter
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
LCD Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Low flow cut off EPD parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Reference parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Off-Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Production number
On-Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
M
Main line R
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Reference Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Multiplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Reference temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Main values (Measuring values) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Reset
Manufacturer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 All Totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Mass flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Maximal Restore original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Temperature carrier tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Temperature measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 S
Measure fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Sensor data
Measured variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Additional coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Measuring values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Density coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Minimal
Flow coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Temperature carrier tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Temperature measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Sensor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Sensor (Version-info) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Mode
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Multiplex Serial number sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Addition line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Setpoint value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Measurand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Software ID number
N Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Nominal diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Software revision number
Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
O I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Off-value Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 S-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
On-value Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 T-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Operation Status Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Sum
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
OUT Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Overflow System
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
System condition
Actual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Endress+Hauser 71
9 Index key words for local operation Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

S (continuation) Numerics
System parameter 100% Value
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Addition line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
System units Addition line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Additional configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Information line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Information line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Main line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
T Main line (Multiplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Coefficient KM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Coefficient KM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Coefficient KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Test display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Type I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

U
Unit
Corrected Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Corrected volume flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Mass flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Reference density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Volume flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Un-/Locking (User interface) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

V
Value Simulation
Measurand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Version-Info
Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Volume flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

W
Write protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Z
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

72 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Table of contents for FOUNDATION Fieldbus


1 Operation via FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1.1 Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
2 Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2.1 Selecting the operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2.2 Block status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2.3 Write protection and simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.4 Alarm detection and processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
2.5 Parameters Resource Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3 Transducer Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.1 Signal processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.2 Block output values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
3.3 Selecting the operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.4 Alarm detection and processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.5 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.6 Accessing the device-specific parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.7 Transducer block parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4 Function blocks – general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
5 Analog Input Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.1 Signal processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
5.2 Selecting the operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
5.3 Selection of the process variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
5.4 Linearisation types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
5.5 Selection of units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
5.6 Status of the output value OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5.7 Simulation of input/output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5.8 Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
5.9 Rescaling the input value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
5.10 Limit values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
5.11 Alarm detection and processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
5.12 Parameters of the Analog Input Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
6 Discrete Output Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
6.1 Signal processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
6.2 Selection of the process variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
6.3 Saftey behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
6.4 Assignment between the Discrete Output Function block and the Transducer block . . . 152
6.5 Values for the parameters CAS_IN_D, RCAS_IN_D, OUT_D, and SP_D . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
6.6 Parameter Discrete Output Funktionsblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
7.1 Signal processing in the PID Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
7.2 PID Function Block equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
7.3 Selecting the operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
7.4 Setpoint selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
7.5 Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
7.6 Limit Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
7.7 Alarm detection and processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
7.8 Example: Basic PID control strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
7.9 PID Function Block configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
7.10 Parameters of the PID Function Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
8 Index key words FOUNDATION Fieldbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Endress+Hauser 73
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

74 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1 Operation via FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1 Operation via FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1.1 Block model


In the FOUNDATION Fieldbus all the device parameters are categorised according to
their functional properties and task and are generally assigned to three different blocks.
A block may be regarded as a container in which parameters and the associated
functionalities are contained. A FOUNDATION Fieldbus device has the following block
types:

• A Resource Block
The Resource Block contains all the device-specific characteristics of the device.

• One or more Transducer blocks (transmission blocks)


The Transducer block contains all the measuring technology and device-specific
parameters of the device. The measurement principles (e.g. flow, temperature) are
depicted in the Transducer blocks in accordance with the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
specification.

• One or more function blocks


Function blocks contain the automation functions of the device. We distinguish
between different function blocks, e.g. Analog Input Function Block, Analog Output
function block, PID function block (PID controller), etc. Each of these function blocks
is used to process different application functions.

Different automation tasks can be realized depending on the arrangement and connec-
tion of the individual blocks. In addition to these blocks, a field device may have any
number of further blocks, e.g. several Analog Input Function Blocks if more than one
process variable is available to from the field device.

Blocks used by the Promass 83 FF


The Promass 83 FF has the following blocks:
• A Resource Block

• A Transducer block for the measuring principle flow

• Nine function blocks


– Seven Analog Input function blocks for the process variables Mass Flow,
Volume Flow, Corrected Volume Flow, Density, Reference Density, Temperature
and Totalizer 1 to 3.
– One Discrete Output function block
– One PID function block
F06-83xFFxxx-16-00-00-en-000

Endress+Hauser 75
1 Operation via FOUNDATION Fieldbus Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

The sensor signal is first prepared specifically for the flow in the measuring block (the
Transducer block). The process variables (Volume Flow and Totalizer) are then passed
to the Analog Input Function Blocks for technical processing (e.g. scaling, limit value
processing).

The process variables go through the complete function block algorithm and are availa-
ble to other function blocks, e.g. the PID block, as a starting variable for connecting the
desired application function.

Using the Discrete Output function block (DO), various actions and functions in the
Promass 83 FF can be initiated and controlled via FOUNDATION Fieldbus.

76 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 2 Resource Block

2 Resource Block

A Resource Block contains all the data that uniquely identifies and characterises the
field device. It is an electronic version of a nameplate on the field device. Parameters of
the Resource Block include device type, device name, manufacturer ID, serial number,
etc.

A further task of the Resource Blocks is the management of overall parameters and
functions that have an influence on the execution of the remaining blocks in the field
device. The Resource Block is thus the central unit that also checks the device status
and thereby influences or controls the operability of the other blocks and thus also of
the device. Since the Resource Block has no block input and block output data, it
cannot be linked with other blocks.

The major functions and parameters of the Resource Block are listed below; you will find
an overview of all the available parameters starting on Page 79.

2.1 Selecting the operating mode


The operating mode is set via the parameter group MODE_BLK (see Page 82). The
Resource Block supports the following operating modes:

– AUTO
– OOS

W Note!
The block status OOS is also shown via the parameter BLOCK_ERR (see Page 80). In
operating mode OOS, if write protection is not enabled, you can access all the write
parameters without restriction.

2.2 Block status


The current operating status of the Resource Block is shown in the parameter RS_STATE
(see Page 83).

The Resource Block can take on the following states:

– STANDBY The Resource Block is in operating mode OOS. The remai-


ning blocks cannot be executed.

– ONLINE LINKING The connections configured between the function blocks


have not yet been linked.

– ONLINE Normal operating status; the Resource Block is in operating


mode AUTO. The connections configured between the
function blocks have been linked.

Endress+Hauser 77
2 Resource Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

2.3 Write protection and simulation


Write protection of the device parameters and simulation in the Analog Input and
Discrete Output Function Block can be locked or unlocked via a jumper setting on
the FOUNDATION Fieldbus I/O board (see Operating Instructions Promass 83 FF,
BA 065D/06/en).

The parameter WRITE_LOCK (see Page 83) shows the status of the hardware write
protection. The following statuses are possible:

– LOCKED = device data cannot be modified


– NOT LOCKED = device data can be modified

The parameter BLOCK_ERR (see Page 80) indicates whether a simulation is possible
in the Analog Input and Discrete Output Function Block.

– Simulation Active = Simulation is possible in the Analog Input and Discrete


Output Function Block

2.4 Alarm detection and processing


Process alarms provide information on particular block statuses and block events.
The status of the process alarms is communicated to the fieldbus host system via the
parameter BLOCK_ALM (see Page 79). The parameter ACK_OPTION (see Page 79)
specifies whether an alarm must be acknowledged via the fieldbus host system.

The following process alarms are generated by the Resource Block:

• Block process alarms


The following block process alarms of the Resource Block are shown via the parame-
ter BLOCK_ALM (see Page 79):

– OUT OF SERVICE
– SIMULATE ACTVE

• Write protection process alarm


If write protection is disabled on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus I/O board, then prior to
communicating the change of status to the fieldbus host system the alarm priority spe-
cified in the parameter WRITE_PRI (see Page 85) is checked. The alarm priority spe-
cifies the action taken when the write protection alarm WRITE_ALM (see Page 85) is
enabled.

H Note!
• If the option of a process alarm has not been enabled in the parameter ACK_OPTION
(see Page 79), this process alarm can only be acknowledged in the parameter
BLOCK_ALM (see Page 79).

• The parameter ALARM_SUM (see Page 79) shows the current status of all the
process alarms.

78 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 2 Resource Block

2.5 Parameters Resource Block


The following table shows all the available parameters of the Resource Block.

Resource Block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ACK_OPTION AUTO - OOS This parameter is used to specify whether a process alarm must be
acknowledged at the time of alarm recognition by the fieldbus host
system. If this option is enabled the process alarm is acknowled-
ged automatically.

Options:
DISC ALM
Write protection no longer exists, and thus the data can be
accessed.

BLOCK ALM
Block alarm

Factory setting:
The option is not enabled for any alarm, the alarms must be
acknowledged.

ALARM_SUM AUTO - OOS Displays the current status of the process alarms in the Resource
Block.

Display:
DISC ALM
Write protection no longer exists, and thus the data can be
accessed.

BLOCK ALM
Block alarm

H Note!
In addition the process alarms can also be disabled in this
parameter group.

ALERT_KEY AUTO - OOS Entry of the identification number of the plant unit. This information
can be used by the fieldbus host system for sorting alarms and
events.

User input:
1...255

Factory setting:
0

BLOCK_ALM AUTO - OOS Displays the current block status with information on pending
configuration, hardware or system errors, including details of the
alarm time (date, time) when the error occurred.

The block alarm is triggered in the event of the following block


errors:
• SIMULATE ACTIVE
• OUT OF SERVICE

H Note!
If the option of the alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the alarm can only be acknowledged via this
parameter.

Endress+Hauser 79
2 Resource Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource Block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

BLOCK_ERR read only Displays the active block error.

Display:
SIMULATION ACTIVE
Simulation is possible in the Analog Input function block via the
parameter SIMULATE and in the Discrete Output block via
parameter SIMULATE_D (for simulation mode configuration see
also Operating Instructions Promass 83 FF BA 065D/06/en/).

OUT OF SERVICE
The block has the status "Out Of Service".

CLR_FSTATE AUTO - OOS This parameter can be used to manually disable the security
behaviour of the Discrete Output function block.

Options:
UNINITIALIZED
OFF
CLEAR (security behaviour disabled)

H Note!
The security behaviour of the Discrete Output Block can be
manually activated in the parameter SET_FSTATE.

CONFIRM_ AUTO - OOS Specifies the confirmation time for the event report. If the device
TIME does not receive confirmation within this time then the event report
is sent to the fieldbus host system again.

Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms

CYCLE_SEL AUTO - OOS Displays the block execution method used by the fieldbus host
system.

H Note!
The block execution method is selected by the fieldbus host
system.

CYCLE_TYPE read only Displays the block execution methods supported by the device.

Display:
SCHEDULED (timed block execution method)

BLOCK EXECUTION (sequential block execution method)

DD_ read only Displays the reference source for the device description in the
RESOURCE device.

Display:
(NULL)

H Note!
If there is no device description in the device then the designation
(NULL) is displayed.

DD_REV read only Displays the revision number of the device description.

DEV_REV read only Displays the revision number of the device.

DEV_TYPE read only Displays the device type in decimal numerical format.

Display:
4177 (≅ 0 x 1051 hex) for Promass 83 FF

80 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 2 Resource Block

Resource Block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

FAULT_STATE read only Current status display of the security behaviour of the Discrete
Output function block.

Display:
UNINITIALIZED
CLEAR (security behaviour not active)
ACTIVE (security behaviour active)

FEATURES read only Displays the additional options supported by the device.

Display:
REPORTS
Event report is sent.

FAULTSTATE
The security behaviour of the Discrete Output Block is supported
(see parameter CLR_STATE and SET_STATE).

HARD W LOCK
Hardware write protection.

FEATURES_ AUTO - OOS Selects the additional options of the device.


SEL
Options:
UNICODE (is not supported).

REPORTS
Event report is sent. The fieldbus host system must acknowledge
receipt of the event report.

FAULTSTATE
The security behaviour of the Discrete Output Block is supported
(see parameter CLR_STATE and SET_STATE).

SOFT W LOCK (is not supported).

HARD W LOCK
Hardware write protection (this option has no effect).

OUT READ BACK (is not supported).

DIRECT WRITE (is not supported).

FREE_TIME read only Displays the free system time (in percent) available for execution of
further function blocks.

H Note!
Since the function blocks of the Promass 83 FF are permanently
configured, this parameter always displays the value 0%.

FREE_SPACE read only Displays the free system memory (in percent) available for execut-
ion of further function blocks.

H Note!
Since the function blocks of the Promass 83 FF are permanently
configured, this parameter always displays the value 0%.

GRANT_DENY AUTO - OOS Releases or restricts the access authorisation of a fieldbus host
system on the field device.

H Note!
This parameter is not evaluated by the Promass 83 FF.

Endress+Hauser 81
2 Resource Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource Block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

HARD_TYPES read only Displays the input signal type for the Analog Input function block.

Display:
SCALAR INPUT (scalable analog input value)
DISCRETE OUTPUT

ITK_VER read only Displays the revision state of the Interoperability Test Kits (ITK).

Display:
4.0

LIM_NOTIFY AUTO - OOS This parameter is used to specify the number of event reports
that can exist unconfirmed at the same time.

User input:
0...24

Factory setting:
24

MANUFAC_ID read only Displays the manufacturer's ID number.

Display:
0 x 452B48 = Endress + Hauser

MAX_NOTIFY read only Displays the maximum number of event reports supported by the
device that can exist unconfirmed at the same time.

Display:
24

MEMORY_SIZE read only Displays the available configuration memory in kilobytes.

H Note!
This parameter is not supported.

MIN_CYCLE_T read only Displays the execution time of all the function blocks present in
the device (Promass 83 FF = 1 PID, 1 DO plus 7 AI function
blocks).

Display:
6400 1/32 ms (≅ 200ms)

MODE_BLK AUTO - OOS Displays the current (Actual) and desired (Target) operating mode
of the Resource Block, the permitted modes (Permitted) supported
by the Resource Block and the normal operating mode (Normal).

Display:
AUTO - OOS

The Resource Block supports the following operating modes:


• AUTO (automatic operation)
In this mode the execution of the remaining blocks (Transducer
block, AI and PID function block) is permitted.

• OOS (Out Of Service)


The block has the status "Out Of Service". In this mode
execution of the remaining blocks (Transducer block, AI and PID
function block) is blocked. These blocks are forced into OOS
and cannot be set to AUTO mode.

H Note!
The current operating status of the Resource Block is also shown
via the parameter RS_STATE (see Page 83).

82 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 2 Resource Block

Resource Block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

NV_CYCLE_T read only Displays the time interval for which the dynamic device parameters
are stored in the non-volatile memory.

The time interval displayed relates to storage of the following


dynamic device parameters:
• OUT
• PV
• FIELD_VAL

H Note!
Since the Promass 83 FF does not store the dynamic device
parameter in the non-volatile memory, this parameter always
displays the value 0 1/32 ms.

RESTART AUTO - OOS This parameter is used to reset the device in various ways.

Options:
UNINITIALIZED

RUN
Normal operating status.

RESOURCE
(is not supported)

DEFAULTS
The device data and the connections of the function blocks are
reset to the factory settings.

PROCESSOR
Warm start of device, processor restart.

RS_STATE read only Displays the current operating status of the Resource Block.

Display:
STANDBY
The Resource Block is in operating mode OOS. The remaining
blocks cannot be executed.

ONLINE LINKING
The configured connections between the function blocks have not
yet been made.

ONLINE
Normal operating status, the Resource Block is in operating mode
AUTO. The configured connections between the function blocks
have been made.

SET_FSTATE AUTO - OOS This parameter can be used to manually enable the security
behaviour of the Discrete Output function block.

Options:
UNINITIALIZED
OFF
SET (the security behaviour will be enabled)

H Note!
The security behaviour of the Discrete Output Block can be
manually deactivated in the parameter CLR_FSTATE.

Endress+Hauser 83
2 Resource Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Resource Block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

SHED_RCAS AUTO - OOS Specifies the monitoring time for checking the connection between
the fieldbus host system and the PID function block in operating
mode RCAS.
On expiry of the monitoring time the PID function block switches
from operating mode RCAS to the operating mode selected in the
parameter SHED_OPT (see Page 181).

Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms

SHED_ROUT AUTO - OOS Specifies the monitoring time for checking the connection between
the fieldbus host system and the PID function block in operating
mode ROUT.
On expiry of the monitoring time the PID function block switches
from operating mode ROUT to the operating mode selected in the
parameter SHED_OPT (see Page 181).

Factory setting:
640000 1/32 ms

STRATEGY AUTO - OOS Parameter for grouping and thus faster evaluation of blocks.
Grouping is carried out by entering the same numerical value in the
parameter STRATEGY for each individual block.

Factory setting:
0

H Note!
This data is neither checked nor processed by the Resource
block.

ST_REV read only Displays the revision status of the static data.

H Note!
The revision status is incremented on each modification of static
data.

TAG_DESC AUTO - OOS Entry of a user-specific text of max. 32 characters for unique
identification and assignment of the block.

Factory setting:
"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _" without text

TEST_RW AUTO - OOS


H Note!
This parameter is required only for interoperability tests and has no
meaning in normal operation.

UPDATE_EVT read only Displays whether static block data has been modified, including
date and time.

84 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 2 Resource Block

Resource Block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

WRITE_ALM AUTO - OOS Displays the status of the write protection alarm.

H Note!
• The alarm is triggered if the write protection is disabled.
• If the option of the alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the alarm can only be acknowledged via this
parameter.

WRITE_LOCK read only Displays the status of the hardware write protection.

Display:
UNINITIALIZED

LOCKED
Device data cannot be modified via fieldbus

NOT LOCKED
Device data can be modified via fieldbus

H Note!
For hardware write protection configuration see also Operating
Instruction Promass 83 FF, BA 065D/06/en/.

WRITE_PRI AUTO - OOS Specifies the behaviour of a write protection alarm (parameter
"WRITE_ALM").

User input:
0
The write protection alarm is not evaluated.

1
No report to the fieldbus host system in the event of a write
protection alarm.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The write protection alarm is output with the appropriate
priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority) to the fieldbus host
system as a user notice.

8-15
The write protection alarm is output with the appropriate
priority (8 = low priority, 15 = high priority) to the fieldbus host
system as a critical alarm.

Factory setting:
0

Endress+Hauser 85
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3 Transducer Block

The Transducer block of the Promass 83 FF contains all the measurement- and device-
specific parameters of the flowmeter. All the settings directly connected with the flow
measurement/application are made here. It forms the interface between the sensor-spe-
cific measured value preprocessing and the Analog Input Function Blocks required for
automation.
A Transducer block allows you to influence the input and output values of a function
block. The parameters of a Transducer block include information on the sensor type,
sensor configuration, physical units, calibration, damping, diagnosis, etc. as well as the
device-specific parameters.

The diagram shows the internal structure of the Transducer block:

F06-53xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-000
3.1 Signal processing
The Transducer block receives several signals from the sensor as input values (mass,
density, temperature). Other process variables (volume, standard volume) are derived
from these signals. The input signals further processed via an amplifier.
The parameter "Simulation - Value Measurand" (see Page 100) allows you to specify a
simulation value for the Transducer block in order to test assigned parameters in the
device and subsequent function blocks.
A low flow cut off allows you to hide measurement inaccuracies in the low-flow sector.
The parameter "Low Flow Cut Off - On-Value" (see Page 93) allows you to define a limit
value. If the measured flow value is below this limit value then the output value of 0 is
output.
In addition, the parameter "System - Positive Zero Return" (see Page 103) allows you to
switch the measured value to "Zero Flow". This is necessary when a piping system is
being cleaned, for example.
The process variables of the Transducer blocks are output via the parameters Mass
Flow, Volume Flow, Corrected Volume Flow, Density, Reference Density, Temperature
and Totalizer 1 to 3. A process variable, e.g. mass flow, volume flow, etc., can be
assigned to the individual totalizers. Each totalizer can be manually reset using the
parameter Totalizer (1 - 3) - Reset.
The major functions and parameters of the Transducer block are listed below, you will
find an overview of all the available parameters starting on Page 89.

86 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

3.2 Block output values


The Transducer block has nine permanent process variables:
• Mass Flow
• Volume Flow
• Corrected volume Flow
• Density
• Reference density
• Temperature
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
• Totalizer 3

Assignment of which process variable is copied in the subsequent Analog Input


Function Block is carried out using the CHANNEL parameter of the Analog Input
Function Block (see Page 141):

• The mass flow process variable (parameter Mass Flow, Page 94) of the Transducer
block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input Function Block by selecting
CHANNEL = 1 → Mass Flow in the CHANNEL parameter there.

• The volume flow process variable (parameter Volume Flow, Page 130) of the
Transducer block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input Function Block
by selecting CHANNEL = 2 → Volume Flow in the CHANNEL parameter there.

• The corrected volume flow process variable (parameter Corrected Volume Flow,
Page 90) of the Transducer block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input
Function Block by selecting CHANNEL = 3 → Corrected Volume Flow in the
CHANNEL parameter there.

• The density process variable (parameter Density, Page 90) of the Transducer
block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input Function Block by selecting
CHANNEL = 4 → Density in the CHANNEL parameter there.

• The reference density process variable (parameter Reference Density, Page 95)
of the Transducer block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input Function block
by selecting CHANNEL = 5 → Reference Density in the CHANNEL parameter there.

• The temperature process variable (parameter Temperature, Page 108) of the


Transducer block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input Function Block
by selecting CHANNEL = 6 → Temperature in the CHANNEL parameter there.

• The totalizer 1 process variable (parameter Totalizer 1, Page 108) of the Transducer
block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input Function Block by selecting
CHANNEL = 7 → Totalizer 1 in the CHANNEL parameter there.

• The totalizer 2 process variable (parameter Totalizer 2, Page 110) of the Transducer
block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input Function Block by selecting
CHANNEL = 8 → Totalizer 2 in the CHANNEL parameter there.

• The totalizer 3 process variable (parameter Totalizer 3, Page 112) of the Transducer
block is assigned to the subsequent Analog Input Function Block by selecting
CHANNEL = 9 → Totalizer 3 in the CHANNEL parameter there.

Endress+Hauser 87
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

3.3 Selecting the operating mode


The operating mode is set via the parameter group MODE_BLK (see Page 94). The
Resource Block supports the following operating modes:
– AUTO
– MAN
– OOS

H Note!
The block status OOS is also shown via the parameter BLOCK_ERR (see Page 90). In
operating mode OOS, if write protection is not enabled and the access code is entered,
you can access all the write parameters without restriction.

3.4 Alarm detection and processing


The Transducer block does not generate any process alarms. The status of the process
variables of the Transducer block is evaluated in the subsequent Analog Input Function
Blocks. If the Analog Input Function Block receives no input value that can be evaluated
from the Transducer block then a process alarm is generated. This process alarm is dis-
played in the parameter BLOCK_ERR of the Analog Input Function Block (see
Page 141) (BLOCK_ERR = Input Failure / process variable has BAD status).
The parameter BLOCK_ERR of the Transducer block (see Page 90) displays the device
error that produced the input value that could not be evaluated and thus triggered the
process alarm in the Analog Input Function Block. Similarly, the active device error of
the Transducer block is displayed in the parameter Transducer Error (see Page 115).
More information on remedying errors can be found in the Operating Instructions
Promass 83 FF BA 065D/06/en.

3.5 Diagnosis
The status of the device is displayed via the following parameters specified in the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus specification:
– BLOCK_ERR (see Page 90)
– Transducer Error (see Page 115)

Detailed information on the current device status is shown in the device-specific


parameter "Diagnosis - Actual System Condition" (see Page 91).

3.6 Accessing the device-specific parameters


To access the device-specific parameters the following requirements must be met:
1. Hardware write protection must be disabled.
2. The correct code must be entered in the parameter "Un/Locking - Access code"
(see Page 115).

88 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

3.7 Transducer block parameters


The following table shows all the available parameters of the Transducer block.
A gray background marks the manufacturer-specific parameters. These parameters
are not accessible until the Un-/Locking Access Code has been entered.

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ALERT_KEY AUTO - MAN - For entry of the identification number of the plant unit.
OOS This information can be used by the fieldbus host system for
sorting alarms and events.

User input:
1...255

Factory setting:
0

Amplifier - read only Use this parameter to view the hardware revision number of the
HW-Revision amplifier.

Amplifier - read only Use this parameter to view the hardware ID number of the
HW- amplifier.
Identification

Amplifier - read only Use this parameter to view the software revision number of the ampli-
SW-Revision fier.

Amplifier - read only Use this parameter to view the software ID number of the amplifier.
SW-
Identification

Amplifier - read only Use this parameter to view the production number of the amplifier.
Production-No.

Amplifier - read only Use this parameter to view the software revision number of the soft-
SW-Rev. T-DAT ware used to create the content of the T-DAT.

BLOCK_ALM AUTO - MAN - Displays the current block status with information on pending
OOS configuration, hardware or system errors, including details of the
alarm time (date, time) when the error occurred.

H Note!
• In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged in this
parameter group.
• The Promass 83 FF does not use this parameter to display
a process alarm since these are generated in the parameter
"BLOCK_ALM" of the Analog Input Function Block (see Seite 140).

Endress+Hauser 89
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

BLOCK_ERR read only Displays the active block error.

Display:
SIMULATE ACTIVE
Simulation via the parameter "Simulation - Measurand" (see
Page 100) in the Transducer block is enabled.

OUT OF SERVICE
The block has the status "Out Of Service".

DEVICE NEEDS MAINTENANCE NOW


The device needs to be checked since an active device error is
pending. A detailed display of the cause of the device error can be
called up via the parameter "Diagnosis - Actual System Condition"
(see Page 91) in the Transducer block.

Corrected read only Displays the current measured value and the status of the third
Volume process variable (Corrected Volume Flow) made available to the
Analog Input Function Block as an input value.

Corrected read only Displays the unit of the corrected volume flow.
Volume
Unit
H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

Density read only Displays the current measured value and the status of the fourth
process variable (Density) made available to the Analog Input
Function Block as an input value.

Density Unit read only Displays the unit of the density.

H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

Density AUTO - MAN - In this parameter, enter the density set value of the fluid for which you
Adjustment - OOS want to carry out a field density adjustment.
Set Value
User input:
5-digit floating-point number

H Note!
The preset density entered here should not vary from the actual fluid
density by a more than ±10%.

Density read only Displays the unit of the density adjustment.


Adjustment -
Unit
H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
"System Unit - Density" (see Seite 106).

Density AUTO - MAN - In this parameter the actual density of the fluid is measured for the
Adjustment - OOS density adjustment.
Measure Fluid
Options:
CANCEL
START

90 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Density AUTO - MAN - With this parameter a density adjustment can be carried out.
Adjustment OOS The density adjustment values will thus be recalculated and stored.
This ensures that the values dependent on density calculations
(e.g. mass flow) are as accurate as possible.

H Note!
Before carrying out a density adjustment, please refer to BA059D/06/
en "Promass 83 FF Operating Instructions" where a detailed
description of the density adjustment is given.

1-point density adjustment (with one fluid)


This type of density adjustment is necessary under the following con-
ditions:
• The sensor does not accurately measure the density which the
operator expects based on laboratory trials.
• The characteristics of the fluid are outside the measuring points
set at the factory or reference conditions under which the
flowmeter has been calibrated.
• The plant is used solely for measuring a fluid whose density is to
be determined very accurately under constant conditions.

User input:
CANCEL
START

Factory setting:
CANCEL

Density AUTO - MAN - With this parameter the original density coefficient determined at the
Adjustment - OOS factory are restored.
Restore
Original Options:
NO
YES

Factory setting:
NO

Diagnosis - read only Displays the current system status.


Actual System
Condition
H Note!
A precise error description as well as notes on remedying
errors can be found in the Operating Instructions Promass 83 FF
BA065D/06/en.

Diagnosis - read only Displays the last error message that occurred.
Prev. System
Condition
H Note!
The display can be reset manually using the parameter "Diagnosis -
Prev. System Condition Reset".

Diagnosis - AUTO - MAN - Resets the stored error message in the parameter "Diagnosis - Prev.
Reset Prev. OOS System Condition".
System
Condition Options:
NO
YES

Endress+Hauser 91
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Diagnosis - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define a time span for which the criteria for an
Alarm Delay OOS error have to be satisfied without interruption, before an error or
notice message is generated.

H Note!
Depending on the setting and the type of error, this suppression acts
on the display.

User input:
0...100 s (in steps of one second)

Factory setting:
0s

A Caution!
If this parameter is activated error and notice messages are delayed
by the time corresponding to the setting before being forwarded to
the higher-order controller (process controller, etc.). It is therefore
imperative to check in advance in order to make sure whether a
delay of this nature could affect the safety requirements of the pro-
cess. If error and notice messages cannot be suppressed, a value of
0 seconds must be entered here.

EPD - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to activate the empty pipe detection (EPD).
Empty Pipe OOS With empty measuring tubes the density of the fluid falls below a
Detection specified value (see parameter "EPD - Low Value").

Options:
OFF
ON

Factory setting:
OFF

A Caution!
• Select a correspondingly low EPD responce value in the EPD
VALUE LOW parameter, so that the difference to the effective
density of the fluid is sufficiently large enough. This ensures that
totally empty measuring tubes and not partially filled ones are
detected.
• For gas measurement we strongly recommend to switch off empty
pipe detection.

EPD - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to set an lower threshold for the measured
Low Value OOS density value, in order to detect possible problems in the process
indicated by too low density.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
0.2000

EPD - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to set an upper threshold for the measured
High Value OOS density value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
6.0000

92 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

EPD - read only Displays the unit of the empty pipe detection (EPD).
Unit
H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the parameter "System Unit -
Density" (see Seite 106).

EPD - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to enter the time span for which the criteria for an
Responcetime OOS empty pipe have to be satisfied without interruption before a notice
message or fault message is generated.

User input:
fixed-point number: 1.0...60.0 s

Factory setting:
1.0 s

I/O Module - read only Use this parameter to view the FOUNDATION Fieldbus module type.
Type

I/O Module - read only Use this parameter to view the hardware revision number of
HW-Revision the I/O module.

I/O Module - read only Use this parameter to view the hardware ID number of the
HW- I/O module.
Identification

I/O Module - read only Use this parameter to view the software revision number of
SW-Revision the I/O module.

I/O Module - read only Use this parameter to view the software ID number of the
SW- I/O module.
Identification

I/O Module - read only Use this parameter to view the production number of the I/O module.
Production-No.

Low Flow Cut Off AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to assign the switching point for Low flow cut off
- Assign OOS rate suppression.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
COR. VOLUME FLOW

Factory setting:
MASS FLOW

Low Flow Cut Off AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to assign a value to the switch-on point for Low
- On-Value OOS flow cut off.

Low flow cut off is active if the setting is a value not equal to 0.
The sign of the flow value is highlighted on the display to indicate
that Low flow cut off is active.

User input:
depends on nominal diameter

Factory setting:
0.0000

H Note!
With low flow cut off active, the status condition of the process
variable changes to UNCERTAIN.

Endress+Hauser 93
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Low Flow Cut Off AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to assign a value to the switch-off point for Low
- Off-Value OOS flow cut off. Enter the OFF-VALUE as a positive hysteresis from the
ON-VALUE.

User input:
0...100%

Factory setting:
50%

Example:
Low Flow Cut Off - Assign = VOLUME FLOW
Low Flow Cut Off - Off-Value = 50%
Low Flow Cut Off - On-Value = 10
Low Flow Cut Off - Unit = l/s

This results in a Low Flow Cut Off - Off Value of 15 l/s


10 l/s + (10 l/s x 0,5) = 15 l/s

F06-53xFFxxx-05-xx-xx-en-000
Low Flow Cut Off AUTO - MAN - Displays the unit of the Low flow cut off.
- Unit OOS
H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
"System Unit - Mass Flow", "System Unit - Volume Flow" or "System
Unit - Cor. Volume Flow"

Mass Flow read only Displays the current measured value and the status of the first pro-
cess variable (Mass Flow) made available to the Analog Input
Function Block as an input value.

Mass Flow read only Displays the unit of the mass flow.
Unit
H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

MODE_BLK AUTO - OOS Displays the current (Actual) and desired (Target) operating mode of
the Transducer block, the permitted modes (Permitted) supported by
the Resource Block and the normal operating mode (Normal).

Display:
AUTO - MAN - OOS

H Note!
The Transducer block supports the following operating modes:

• AUTO (automatic operation)


The block is executed.

• MAN (manual intervention by the operator)

• OOS (Out Of Service)


The block has the status "Out Of Service". The process variables
are updated, but the status of the process variables changes to
BAD.

94 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Reference read only Displays the current measured value and the status of the fifth
Density process variable (Reference Density) made available to the
Analog Input Function Block as an input value.

Reference read only Displays the unit of the reference density.


Density -
Unit
H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

Reference AUTO - MAN - This parameter is used to set the reference density for calculating
Param. - OOS the corrected volume flow.
Cor. Volume
Calc. Options:
CALC. REF. DENSITY
FIX REF. DENSITY

Factory setting:
CALC. REF. DENSITY

Reference AUTO - MAN -


Param. - OOS H Note!
Fixed Ref. This input is not active unless the FIX REF. DENSITY setting was
Density selected in the parameter "Reference Param. - Cor. Volume Calc.".

In this parameter, a fixed value for the reference density can be


entered, with which the corrected volume flow or corrected volume is
calculated.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
1

Reference read only Display of the unit used for the standard density in the calculation of
Param. - corrected volume flow.
Fixed Ref.
Density Unit
H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
"System Unit - Reference Density" (see Seite 107).

Reference AUTO - MAN -


Param. - OOS H Note!
Expansion This input is not active unless the CALC. REF. DENSITY setting was
Coefficient selected in the parameter "Reference Param. - Cor. Volume Calc.".

For temperature compensated calculations of the reference density


an expansion coefficient specific to the fluid is required and can be
entered in this parameter.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
0.5000 e-3 [1/K]

Endress+Hauser 95
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Reference AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to enter a squarely expansion coefficient, if the
Param. - OOS temperature compensation follows a non-linear behaviour.
Expasion
Coefficient User input:
Squarely 5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
0 e-6 [1/K2]

Reference AUTO - MAN -


Param. - OOS H Note!
Reference This input is not active unless the CALC. REF. DENSITY setting was
Temperature selected in the parameter "Reference Param. - Cor. Volume Calc.".

Input of the reference temperature for calculation corrected volume


flow, corrected volume and reference density.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
20.000

The reference density is calculated as follows:

ρN = ρ · (1 + α ∆ t + β ∆ t2) ; where ∆ t = t - tN

ρN = Reference density

ρ = Actual measured density of fluid (measured value Promass)

t = Actual measured temperature of fluid (measured value Promass)

tN = Ref. temperature for calculating reference density (e.g. 20 °C)

α = Vol. expansion coefficient of the fluid. Unit = [1/K]; K = Kelvin

β = Square vol. expansion coefficient of the fluid. Unit = [1/K2]

Reference read only Display of the unit used for the temperature in the calculation of
Param. - Ref. corrected volume flow.
Temperature Unit
H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
"System Unit - Temperature" (see Seite 107).

Sensor - read only Use this parameter to view the serial number of the sensor.
Serial Number

Sensor - Type read only Use this parameter to view the sensor type (e.g. Promass F).

Sensor - read only Use this parameter to view the hardware revision number of the
HW-Revision sensor.

Sensor - read only Use this parameter to view the hardware ID number of the sensor.
HW-Identification

Sensor - read only Use this parameter to view the production number of the sensor.
Production-No.

Sensor - read only Use this parameter to view the software revision number of the soft-
SW-Rev. S-DAT ware used to create the content of the S-DAT™.

96 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the current calibration factor for the sensor.
K-Factor OOS
Factory setting:
depends on nominal diameter and calibration

H Note!
If the service code is used to call this parameter, this value can be
edited.

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the current zero-point correction value for the
Zeropoint OOS sensor.

User input:
max. 5-digit number: -99999 ...+99999

Factory setting:
depends on calibration

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the nominal diameter for the sensor.
Nominal OOS
Diameter Factory setting:
depends on the size of the sensor

H Note!
If the service code is used to call this parameter, this value can be
edited.

Sensor Data - read only Display of the lowest fluid temperature measured.
Min. Temp. Meas.

Sensor Data - read only Display of the highest fluid temperature measured.
Max. Temp.
Meas.

Sensor Data - read only Display of the lowest carrier tube temperature measured.
Min. Temp. Carr.

Sensor Data - read only Display of the highest carrier tube temperature measured.
Max. Temp. Carr.

Sensor Data - read only Displays the unit of the Temperature.


Temperature Unit
H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
"System Unit - Temperature" (see Seite 107).

Sensor Data - read only This parameter shows the temperatur coefficient KM.
Temp. Coeff. KM

Sensor Data - read only This parameter shows the temperatur coefficient KM 2.
Temp. Coeff.
KM 2

Sensor Data - read only This parameter shows the temperatur coefficient KT.
Temp. Coeff. KT

Sensor Data - read only This parameter shows the calibration coefficient KD 1.
Cal. Coeff. KD 1

Sensor Data - read only This parameter shows the calibration coefficient KD 2.
Cal. Coeff. KD 2

Endress+Hauser 97
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the actual density coefficient C 0.
Density Coeff. OOS
C0
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this parameter, this value can be
edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this
coefficient.

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the actual density coefficient C 1.
Density Coeff. OOS
C1
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this parameter, this value can be
edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this
coefficient.

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the actual density coefficient C 2.
Density Coeff. OOS
C2
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this parameter, this value can be
edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this
coefficient.

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the actual density coefficient C 3.
Density Coeff. OOS
C3
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this parameter, this value can be
edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this
coefficient.

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the actual density coefficient C 4.
Density Coeff. OOS
C4
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this parameter, this value can be
edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this
coefficient.

Sensor Data - AUTO - MAN - This parameter shows the actual density coefficient C 5.
Density Coeff. OOS
C5
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this parameter, this value can be
edited.

A Caution!
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this
coefficient.

98 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
Osc. Frequency OOS
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
Exciter Current OOS
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
Monitoring Mode OOS
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
Monitoring OOS
Osc. Amplitude
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
Monitoring OOS
Gain Amplifier
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
Gas Mode OOS
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
Gas Type OOS
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
Sonic Velocity OOS
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Service/Analys. - AUTO - MAN - This parameter is only used for service purpose.
T. Coeff. Sonic OOS
Velocity
H Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value is editable.

Endress+Hauser 99
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Simulation - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to set all inputs, outputs and totalizers to their
Measurand OOS defined flow-response modes, in order to check whether they
respond correctly. During this time, the words "SIMULATION
MEASURAND" appear on the display.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
COR. VOLUME FLOW
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
The active simulation mode is passed on to subsequent function
blocks via the status condition (UNCERTAIN) of the process variable.

A Caution!
• The measuring device cannot be used for measuring while this
simulation is in progress.
• The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.

Simulation - AUTO - MAN -


Value OOS H Note!
Measurand The parameter is not visible unless the parameter "Simulation -
Measurand" is active.

Use this parameter to define a selectable value (e.g. 12 m3/s).


This is used to test the associated parameters in the flowmeter
itself and downstream function blocks.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
0

A Caution!
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.

Simulation - read only Displays the unit used for the simulation.
Unit
H Note!
Depending on the selection in the parameter "Simulation - Measu-
rand", the unit is taken over from the corresponding parameter
"System Unit -"

ST_REV read only Displays the revision status of the static data.

H Note!
The revision status parameter is incremented on each modification of
static data.

100 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

System - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to perform a reset of the measuring system.
Reset OOS
Options:
NO
RESTART SYSTEM (restart without interrupting power supply)
ORIGINAL TRANSMITTER DATA

Factory setting:
NO

System - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to save the parameter settings / configuration
T-DAT OOS of the transmitter in a transmitter DAT (T-DAT), or to load the para-
Save/Load meter settings from the T-DAT into the internal EEPROM.

Application examples:
• After commissioning, the current measuring-point parameters can
be saved to the T-DAT as a backup.
• If the transmitter is replaced for some reason, the data from the
T-DAT can be loaded into the new transmitter (EEPROM).

Options:
CANCEL
SAVE (from EEPROM to T-DAT)
LOAD (from T-DAT to EEPROM)

Factory setting:
CANCEL

H Note!
If the power supply fails, the totalizer readings are automatically
saved to the EEPROM.

System - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to reverse the sign of the flow quantity, if
Install. Direction OOS necessary.
Sensor
Options:
NORMAL (flow as indicated by the arrow)
INVERSE (flow opposite to direction indicated by the arrow)

Factory setting:
NORMAL

H Note!
Ascertain the actual direction of fluid flow with reference to the
direction indicated by the arrow on the sensor (nameplate).

Endress+Hauser 101
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

System - AUTO - MAN - The closure of a valve can cause brief but severe movements of the
Pressure Shock OOS fluid in the piping system, movements which the measuring system
Suppression registers. The pulses totaled in this way result in a totalizer reading
error, particularly in the case of filling processes. For this reason, the
measuring device is equipped with Pressure shock suppression
(= short-term signal suppression) which can eliminate system-rela-
ted "disruptions".

H Note!
Note that Pressure shock suppression cannot be used unless
the Low flow cut off is active (see parameter "Low Flow Cut Off -
On-Value on Seite 93).

Use this parameter to define the time span for active pressure shock
suppression.

Activation of the Pressure shock suppression


Pressure pulse suppression is activated after the flow falls below the
ON_Value of the Low flow cut off (see point 1 in grafic).

While Pressure shock suppression is active, the following conditions


apply:
• Flow reading on display → 0
• Totalizer reading → the totalizers are pegged at the last correct
value.

Deactivation of the Pressure shock suppression


The Pressure shock suppression is deactivated after the time
interval, set in this parameter, has passed (see point 2 in grafic).

H Note!
The actual flow value is displayed and output, when the time interval
for the Pressure shock suppression has passed and the flow
exceeds the OFF-VALUE of the Low flow cut off (see point 3 in
grafic).

F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-en-000

User input:
max. 4-digit number, incl. unit: 0.00...100.00 s

Factory setting:
0.00 s

102 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

System - AUTO - MAN - The density filter allows the sensitivity of the density measuring
Density OOS signal to be lowered with respect to variations in the density of the
Damping fluid, e.g. with inhomogeneous liquids. The damping acts on all
parameters and outputs of the measuring device.

User input:
max. 5-digit number, including unit: 0.00...100.00 s

Factory setting:
0.00 s

System - AUTO - MAN - Using the interference blanking (= time constant for exponential
Flow OOS filter) the sensitivity of the flow measurement signal can be reduced
Damping with respect to transient flows and interference peaks; e.g. with fluid
containing solids or gas bubbles, etc. The damping acts on all para-
meters and outputs of the measuring device.

User input:
0...100 s

Factory setting:
0s

System - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to interrupt evaluation of measured variables.
Positive Zero OOS This is necessary when a piping system is being cleaned, for
Return example. This setting acts on all parameter and outputs of the
measuring device.

Options:
OFF

ON
(signal output is set to the zero flow value, temperature and
density are output normally)

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
• The active Positive Zero Return is passed on to subsequent
function blocks via the status condition (UNCERTAIN) of the
process variable.
• Interruption of the processing of measured values can, also using
cyclic scheduled data transmission, be controlled or initiated via
the Discrete Output function block.

Endress+Hauser 103
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

System Value read only The currently measured mass flow appears on the display.
Mass Flow
Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 462.87 kg/h; -731.63 lb/min; etc.)

System Unit AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to select the unit for the mass flow (mass/time).
Mass Flow OOS
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Simulation
• Low flow cut off

Options:
Metric:
gram → g/s; g/min; g/h; g/day
kilogram → kg/s; kg/min; kg/h; kg/day
ton → t/s; t/min; t/h; t/day

US:
ounce → oz/s; oz/min; oz/h; oz/day
pound → lb/s; lb/min; lb/h; lb/day
ton → ton/s; ton/min; ton/h; ton/day

Factory setting:
kg/h

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable to the Analog Input Function block.

104 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

System Value read only The volume flow appears on the display. The volume flow is derived
Volume Flow from the measured mass flow and the measured density of the fluid.

Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 5.5445 dm3/min; 1.4359 m3/h; -731.63 us gal/d; etc.)

System Unit AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to select the unit for the volume flow (volume/
Volume Flow OOS time).

The unit you select here is also valid for:


• Simulation
• Low flow cut off

Options:
Metric:
– Kubikzentimeter → cm3/s; cm3/min; cm3/h; cm3/day
– Kubikdezimeter → dm3/s; dm3/min; dm3/h; dm3/day
– Kubikmeter → m3/s; m3/min; m 3/h; m 3/day
– Milliliter → ml/s; ml/min; ml/h; ml/day
– Liter → l/s; l/min; l/h; l/day
– Hektoliter → hl/s; hl/min; hl/h; hl/day
– Megaliter → Ml/s MEGA; Ml/min MEGA; Ml/h MEGA; Ml/day MEGA

US:
– Cubic centimeter → cc/s; cc/min; cc/h; cc/day
– Acre foot → af/s; af/min; af/h; af/day
– Cubic foot → ft3/s; ft3/min; ft3/h; ft3/day
– Fluid ounce → fl. oz/s; fl. oz/min; fl. oz/h; fl. oz/day
– Gallon → us gal/s; us gal/min; us gal/h; us gal/day
– Million gallon → us Mgal/s; us Mgal/min; us Mgal/h; us Mgal/day
– Barrel (normal fluids: 31,5 gal/bbl) → us bbl/s NORM.;
us bbl/min NORM.; us bbl/h NORM.; us bbl/day NORM.
– Barrel (beer: 31,0 gal/bbl) → us bbl/s BEER; us bbl/min BEER;
us bbl/h BEER; us bbl/day BEER
– Barrel (petrochemicals: 42,0 gal/bbl) → us bbl/s PETR.;
us bbl/min PETR.; us bbl/h PETR.; us bbl/day PETR.
– Barrel (filling tanks: 55,0 gal/bbl) → us bbl/s TANK; us bbl/min
TANK; us bbl/h TANK; us bbl/day TANK

Imperial:
– Gallon → imp. gal/s; imp. gal/min; imp. gal/h; imp. gal/day
– Mega gallon → imp. Mgal/s; imp. Mgal/min; imp. Mgal/h;
imp. Mgal/day
– Barrel (beer: 36,0 gal/bbl) → imp. bbl/s BEER; imp. bbl/min BEER;
imp. bbl/h BEER; imp. bbl/day BEER
– Barrel (petrochemicals: 42,0 gal/bbl) → imp. bbl/s PETR.;
imp. bbl/min PETR.; imp. bbl/h PETR.; imp. bbl/day PETR.

Factory setting:
m3/h

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable to the Analog Input Function block.

Endress+Hauser 105
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

System Value read only The corrected volume flow appears on the display. The corrected
Cor. Volume Flow volume flow is derived from the measured mass flow and the
reference density (density at reference temperature, measured or
fixed entry) of the fluid.

Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 1.3549 Nm3/h; 7.9846 scm/day; etc.)

System Unit AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to select the unit for the corrected volume flow
Corrected OOS (corrected volume/time).
Volume Flow
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Simulation
• Low flow cut off

Options:
Metric:
Normliter → Nl/s; Nl/min; Nl/h; Nl/day
Normkubikmeter → Nm3/s; Nm3/min; Nm3/h; Nm 3/day
US:
Standard cubic meter → Sm3/s; Sm3/min; Sm3/h; Sm3/day
Standard cubic foot → Scf3/s; Scf3/min; Scf3/h; Scf3/day

Factory setting:
Nm3/h

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable to the Analog Input Function block.

System Value read only The currently measured density or its specific gravity appears on the
Density display.

Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit
corresponding to 0.100000...6.00000 kg/dm3
(e.g. 1.2345 kg/dm3; 993.5 kg/dm3; 1.0015 SG_20 °C; etc.)

System Unit AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to select the unit for the fluid density.
Density OOS
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Simulation
• Density adjustment value
• Density responce value for EPD

Options:
Metric → g/cm3; g/cc; kg/dm3; kg/l; kg/m3; SD 4 °C, SD 15 °C,
SD 20 °C; SG 4 °C, SG 15 °C, SG 20 °C
US → lb/cft; lb/gal; us lb/bbl (NORM.); us lb/bbl (BEER);
us lb/bbl (PETR.); us lb/bbl (TANKS)
Imperial → imp. lb/gal; imp. lb/bbl (BEER); imp. lb/bbl (PETR.)

Factory setting:
kg/l

SD = Specific Density, SG = Specific Gravity


The specific density is the ratio of fluid density to water
(at water temperature = 4, 15, 20 °C)

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable to the Analog Input Function block.

106 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

System Value read only The density of the fluid, at reference temperature, appears on the
Reference display. The reference density can either be measured or entered
Density as a fixed value (see parameter "Reference Param. - Fixed Ref. Den-
sity" on Seite 95).

Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit
corresponding to 0.100000...6.00000 kg/dm3
(e.g. 1.2345 kg/dm3; 993.5 kg/dm3; 1.0015 SG 20 °C; etc.)

System Unit AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to select the unit for the reference density.
Reference OOS
Density The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Simulation
• Fixed reference density (for calculation of corrected volume flow)

Options:
Metric → kg/Nm3; kg/Nl
US → g/Scc; kg/Sm; lb/Scf

Factory setting:
kg/Nl

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable to the Analog Input Function block.

System Value read only The currently measured temperature appears on the display.
Temperature
Display shows:
max. 4-digit fixed-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. -23.4 °C; 160.0 °F; 295.4 K; etc.)

System Unit AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to select the unit for the temperature.
Temperature OOS
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Simulation
• Reference temperature (for corrected volume measurement with
measured reference density)

Options:
°C (Celsius)
K (Kelvin)
°F (Fahrenheit)
R (Rankine)

Factory setting:
°C

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable to the Analog Input Function block.

Endress+Hauser 107
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

STRATEGY AUTO - OOS Parameter for grouping and thus faster evaluation of blocks.
Grouping is carried out by entering the same numerical value in the
parameter "STRATEGY" for each individual block.

Factory setting:
0

H Note!
This data is neither checked nor processed by the Transducer block.

TAG_DESC AUTO - OOS Entry of a user-specific text of max. 32 characters for unique identifi-
cation and assignment of the block.

Factory setting:
(_ _ _ _ _ _) without text

Temperature read only Displays the current measured value and the status of the sixth
process variable (Temperature) made available to the Analog Input
Function Block as an input value.

Temperature read only Displays the unit of the temperature.


Unit
H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

Totalizer 1 read only Displays the current measured value and the status of the seventh
process variable (Totalizer 1) made available to the Analog Input
Function Block as an input value.

Totalizer 1 - read only Displays the unit of the totalizer 1.


Unit
H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

Totalizer 1 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to view the total for the totalizer’s measured varia-
System Value OOS ble aggregated since measuring commenced. The value can be
positive or negative, depending on the setting selected in the para-
meter "Totalizer 1 - Mode", and the direction of flow.

Display shows:
max. 7-digit floating-point number, including sign and unit
(e.g. 15467.04 m 3; -4925.631 kg)

H Note!
• The effect of the setting in the parameter "Totalizer 1 - Mode"
is as follows:
– If the setting is “BALANCE”, the totalizer balances flow in the
positive and negative directions.
– If the setting is “FORWARD”, the totalizer registers only flow in
the positive direction.
– If the setting is “REVERSE”, the totalizer registers only flow in
the negative direction.
• The totalizer's response to faults is defined in the parameter
"Totalizers - Failsafe All".

108 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Totalizer 1 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the unit for the totalizer's measured
System Unit OOS variable, as selected beforehand.

Options:
Metric
– Massefluss → g; kg; t
– Volumenfluss → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml
– Normvolumenfluss → Nl; Nm3

US
– Massefluss → oz; lb; ton
– Volumenfluss → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Mgal; bbl (NORM.);
bbl (BEER); bbl (PETR.); bbl (TANKS)
– Normvolumenfluss → Sm3; Scf

Imperial
– Normvolumenfluss → imp. gal; imp. Mgal; bbl (BEER);
imp. bbl (PETR.)

Factory setting:
kg

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable.

Totalizer 1 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to assign a measured variable to the totalizer.
Assign OOS
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW

Factory setting:
MASS FLOW

H Note!
The totalizer is reset to "0" as soon as the selection is changed.

Totalizer 1 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define how the flow components are to be tota-
Mode OOS led by the totalizer.

Options:
BALANCE
(positive and negative flow components) The positive and negative
flow components are balanced. In other words, net flow in the flow
direction is registered.

FORWARD
Positive flow components only

REVERSE
Negative flow components only

Factory setting:
BALANCE

Endress+Hauser 109
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Totalizer 1 - AUTO - MAN - Reset the parameter "Totalizer 1 - System Value" and the current
Reset OOS measured value "Totalizer 1" to zero.

Options:
NO
YES

Factory setting:
NO

H Note!
Resetting of the totalizer can, also using cyclic scheduled data
transmission, be controlled or initiated via the Discrete Output
function block.

Totalizer 2 read only Displays the current measured value and the status of the eighth
process variable (Totalizer 2) made available to the Analog Input
Function Block as an input value.

Totalizer 2 - read only Displays the unit of the totalizer 2.


Unit
H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

Totalizer 2 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to view the total for the totalizer’s measured varia-
System Value OOS ble aggregated since measuring commenced. The value can be
positive or negative, depending on the setting selected in the para-
meter "Totalizer 2 - Mode", and the direction of flow.

Display shows:
max. 7-digit floating-point number, including sign and unit
(e.g. 15467.04 m 3; -4925.631 kg)

H Note!
• The effect of the setting in the parameter "Totalizer 2 - Mode"
is as follows:
– If the setting is “BALANCE”, the totalizer balances flow in the
positive and negative directions.
– If the setting is “FORWARD”, the totalizer registers only flow in
the positive direction.
– If the setting is “REVERSE”, the totalizer registers only flow in
the negative direction.
• The totalizer's response to faults is defined in the parameter
"Totalizers - Failsafe All".

110 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Totalizer 2 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the unit for the totalizer's measured
System Unit OOS variable, as selected beforehand.

Options:
Metric
– Massefluss → g; kg; t
– Volumenfluss → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml
– Normvolumenfluss → Nl; Nm3

US
– Massefluss → oz; lb; ton
– Volumenfluss → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Mgal; bbl (NORM.);
bbl (BEER); bbl (PETR.); bbl (TANKS)
– Normvolumenfluss → Sm3; Scf

Imperial
– Normvolumenfluss → imp. gal; imp. Mgal; bbl (BEER);
imp. bbl (PETR.)

Factory setting:
m3

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable.

Totalizer 2 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to assign a measured variable to the totalizer.
Assign OOS
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW

Factory setting:
VOLUME FLOW

H Note!
The totalizer is reset to "0" as soon as the selection is changed.

Totalizer 2 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define how the flow components are to be tota-
Mode OOS led by the totalizer.

Options:
BALANCE
(positive and negative flow components) The positive and negative
flow components are balanced. In other words, net flow in the flow
direction is registered.

FORWARD
Positive flow components only

REVERSE
Negative flow components only

Factory setting:
FORWARD

Endress+Hauser 111
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Totalizer 2 - AUTO - MAN - Reset the parameter "Totalizer 2 - System Value" and the current
Reset OOS measured value "Totalizer 2" to zero.

Options:
NO
YES

Factory setting:
NO

H Note!
Resetting of the totalizer can, also using cyclic scheduled data
transmission, be controlled or initiated via the Discrete Output
function block.

Totalizer 3 read only Displays the current measured value and the status of the ninth
process variable (Totalizer 3) made available to the Analog Input
Function Block as an input value.

Totalizer 3 - read only Displays the unit of the totalizer 3.


Unit
H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

Totalizer 3 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to view the total for the totalizer’s measured varia-
System Value OOS ble aggregated since measuring commenced. The value can be
positive or negative, depending on the setting selected in the para-
meter "Totalizer 3 - Mode", and the direction of flow.

Display shows:
max. 7-digit floating-point number, including sign and unit
(e.g. 15467.04 m 3; -4925.631 kg)

H Note!
• The effect of the setting in the parameter "Totalizer 3 - Mode"
is as follows:
– If the setting is “BALANCE”, the totalizer balances flow in the
positive and negative directions.
– If the setting is “FORWARD”, the totalizer registers only flow in
the positive direction.
– If the setting is “REVERSE”, the totalizer registers only flow in
the negative direction.
• The totalizer's response to faults is defined in the parameter
"Totalizers - Failsafe All".

112 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Totalizer 3 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the unit for the totalizer's measured
System Unit OOS variable, as selected beforehand.

Options:
Metric
– Massefluss → g; kg; t
– Volumenfluss → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml
– Normvolumenfluss → Nl; Nm3

US
– Massefluss → oz; lb; ton
– Volumenfluss → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Mgal; bbl (NORM.);
bbl (BEER); bbl (PETR.); bbl (TANKS)
– Normvolumenfluss → Sm3; Scf

Imperial
– Normvolumenfluss → imp. gal; imp. Mgal; bbl (BEER);
imp. bbl (PETR.)

Factory setting:
Nm3

H Note!
The unit selected here has no influence on the transmitted process
variable.

Totalizer 3 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to assign a measured variable to the totalizer.
Assign OOS
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW

Factory setting:
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW

H Note!
The totalizer is reset to "0" as soon as the selection is changed.

Totalizer 3 - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define how the flow components are to be tota-
Mode OOS led by the totalizer.

Options:
BALANCE
(positive and negative flow components) The positive and negative
flow components are balanced. In other words, net flow in the flow
direction is registered.

FORWARD
Positive flow components only

REVERSE
Negative flow components only

Factory setting:
REVERSE

Endress+Hauser 113
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Totalizer 3 - AUTO - MAN - Reset the parameter "Totalizer 3 - System Value" and the current
Reset OOS measured value "Totalizer 3" to zero.

Options:
NO
YES

Factory setting:
NO

H Note!
Resetting of the totalizer can, also using cyclic scheduled data
transmission, be controlled or initiated via the Discrete Output
function block.

Totalizers - AUTO - MAN - Reset the parameters "Totalizer 1 - System Value", "Totalizer 2 -
Reset All OOS System Value" , "Totalizer 3 - System Value" and the current measu-
red values "Totalizer 1", "Totalizer 2", "Totalizer 3" to zero.

Options:
NO
YES

Factory setting:
NO

H Note!
Resetting of the totalizer can, also using cyclic scheduled data
transmission, be controlled or initiated via the Discrete Output
function block.

Totalizers - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the common response of all totalizers
Failsafe All OOS (1...3) to error.

Options:
STOP
The totalizer is paused until the fault is rectified. The totalizer stops at
the last value prior to the occurrence of the error.

ACTUAL VALUE
The totalizer continues to count is based on the current flow measu-
red value. The fault is ignored.

HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow is based on the last valid
flow value (before the fault occurred).

Factory setting:
STOP

114 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Transducer Error read only Displays the active device error.

Options:
• No Error (normal state)
• Electronic Failure
• Data Integrity Error
• Mechanical Error
• I/O Failure
• General Error

H Note!
• Display of the device error is standardized. A precise statement
concerning the pending error is available via the device-specific
error display, which can be read off in the parameter "Diagnosis -
Actual System Condition".
• A precise error description as well as notes on remedying errors
can be found in the Operating Instructions Promass 83 FF
BA065D/06/en.

Transducer Type read only Displays the Transducer block type.

Display:
Standard flow with calibration

Un/Locking - AUTO - MAN - All the measuring system data is protected from accidental modifica-
Access code OOS tion. Only when the code has been entered in this parameter can the
manufacturer-specific parameters be programmed and the device
configuration modified.

You can enable programming by entering:


• Code 83
(factory setting)
• Personal code
(parameter "Define Private Code")

User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...9999

H Note!
• If the hardware write protection is enabled then access to the
manufacturer-specific parameters is blocked even if the right code
is entered.
• You can disable programming again by entering any number
(other than the access code) in this parameter.
• The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if
you mislay your personal code.
• Certain parameters are not accessible unless a special
service code is entered. This service code is known only to the
Endress+Hauser service organization. Please contact your
Endress+Hauser service center if you require clarification.

Endress+Hauser 115
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Un/Locking - AUTO - MAN - For entry of the personal code used to access the manufacturer-
Define Private OOS specific parameters in the Transducer block.
code
User input:
0...9999 (max. 4-digit number)

Factory setting:
83

H Note!
• If the code number is "0", programming is always enabled.
• Parameter configuration has to be enabled before this code can
be changed. When parameter configuration is disabled this para-
meter is not available; this precaution prevents others from chan-
ging your personal code without your knowledge and consent.

Un-/Locking - read only Use this parameter to check the access status for the parameter
Access Status matrix.

Display shows:
LOCKED (Parameterization disabled)
ACCESS CUSTOMER (Parameterization enabled)
ACCESS SERVICE (Parameterization enabled)

UPDATE_EVT AUTO - MAN- Displays whether static block data has been modified, including
OOS date and time.

User Interface - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to select the language for all texts, parameters
Language OOS and messages shown on the local display.

Options:
ENGLISH
DEUTSCH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL
ITALIANO
NEDERLANDS
DANSK
NORSK
SVENSKA
SUOMI
BAHASA INDONESIA
JAPANESE (syllabary)

User Interface - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to enter a time constant defining how the
Damping OOS display reacts to severely fluctuating flow variables, either very
quickly (enter a low time constant) or with damping (enter a high
time constant).

User input:
0...100 seconds

Factory setting:
1s

H Note!
Setting the time constant to zero seconds switches off damping.

116 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface - AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to optimize display contrast to suit local
Contrast LCD OOS operating conditions.

User input:
10...100%

Factory setting:
50%

User Interface AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the display value assigned to the main
Main Line - OOS line (the top line of the local display) during normal measuring
Assign operation.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (manipulated variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (controlled variable)

Factory setting:
MASS FLOW

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Main Line - OOS H Note!
100% Value The input is not active unless one of the following was selected in the
parameter "User Interface Main Line - Assign":
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %

Use this parameter to define the flow value to be shown on the


display as the 100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10

H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
("System Unit - Mass Flow", "System Unit - Volume Flow", or "System
Unit - Corrected Volume Flow").

Endress+Hauser 117
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the maximum number of places after
Main Line - OOS the decimal point displayed for the reading in the main line.
Format
Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the
display, it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's
calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring
device cannot always be displayed, depending on this
setting and the engineering unit. In these instances an arrow
appears on the display between the measured value and the
engineering unit (e.g. 1.2→ kg/h), indicating that the measuring
system is computing with more decimal places than can be shown
on the display.

User Interface AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the second reading to be displayed in
Main Line - OOS the main line alternately (every 10 seconds) with the value defined in
Multiplex the parameter "User Interface Main Line - Assign".
Assign
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (manipulated variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (controlled variable)

Factory setting:
OFF

118 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Main Line - OOS H Note!
Multiplex The input is not active unless one of the following was selected in the
100% Value parameter "User Interface Main Line - Multiplex Assign":
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %

Use this parameter to define the flow value to be shown on the


display as the 100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10

H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
("System Unit - Mass Flow", "System Unit - Volume Flow", or "System
Unit - Corrected Volume Flow").

User Interface AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the maximum number of places after
Main Line - OOS the decimal point displayed for the reading in the main line.
Multiplex
Format Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the
display, it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's
calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring
device cannot always be displayed, depending on this
setting and the engineering unit. In these instances an arrow
appears on the display between the measured value and the
engineering unit (e.g. 1.2→ kg/h), indicating that the measuring
system is computing with more decimal places than can be shown
on the display.

Endress+Hauser 119
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the display value assigned to the
Add. Line - OOS additional line (the middle line of the local display) during normal
Assign measuring operation.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (manipulated variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (controlled variable)
DEVICE PD-TAG
BLANK LINE

Factory setting:
TOTALIZER 1

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Add. Line - OOS H Note!
100% Value The input is not active unless one of the following was selected in the
parameter "User Interface Add. Line - Assign":
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this parameter to define the flow value to be shown on the


display as the 100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10

H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
("System Unit - Mass Flow", "System Unit - Volume Flow", or "System
Unit - Corrected Volume Flow").

120 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Add. Line - OOS H Note!
Format The option is not active unless a number was selected in the
parameter "User Interface Add. Line - Assign".

Use this parameter to define the maximum number of places after


the decimal point displayed for the reading in the additional line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the
display, it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calcu-
lations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring
device cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and
the engineering unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the
display between the measured value and the engineering unit
(e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that the measuring system is compu-
ting with more decimal places than can be shown on the display.

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Add. Line - OOS H Note!
Display Mode The option is not active unless one of the following was selected in
the parameter "User Interface Add. Line - Assign":
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this parameter to define the format of the bar graph.

Options:
STANDARD
Simple bar graph with 25 / 50 / 75% gradations and integrated
sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

SYMMETRY
Symmetrical bar graph for positive and negative directions of flow,
with -50 / 0 / +50% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Factory setting:
STANDARD

Endress+Hauser 121
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the second reading to be displayed in
Add. Line - OOS the additional line alternately (every 10 seconds) with the value
Multiplex defined in the parameter "User Interface Add. Line - Assign".
Assign
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (manipulated variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (controlled variable)
DEVICE PD-TAG
BLANK LINE

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
Multiplex mode is suspended as soon as a fault / notice message is
generated. The message in question appears on the display.

• Fault message (identified by a lightning icon):


Multiplex mode is resumed as soon as the fault is no longer active.

• Notice message (identified by an exclamation mark):


Multiplex mode is resumed as soon as the notice message is no
longer active.

122 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Add. Line - OOS H Note!
Multiplex The input is not active unless one of the following was selected in the
100% Value parameter "User Interface Add. Line - Multiplex Assign":
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this parameter to define the flow value to be shown on the


display as the 100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10

H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
("System Unit - Mass Flow", "System Unit - Volume Flow", or "System
Unit - Corrected Volume Flow").

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Add. Line - OOS H Note!
Multiplex The option is not active unless a number was selected in the para-
Format meter "User Interface Add. Line - Multiplex Assign".

Use this parameter to define the maximum number of places after


the decimal point for the second value displayed in the additional
line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the
display, it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calcu-
lations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring
device cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and
the engineering unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the
display between the measured value and the engineering unit
(e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that the measuring system is compu-
ting with more decimal places than can be shown on the display.

Endress+Hauser 123
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Add. Line - OOS H Note!
Multiplex The option is not active unless one of the following was selected in
Display Mode the parameter "User Interface Add. Line - Multiplex Assign":
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this parameter to define the format of the bar graph.

Options:
STANDARD
Simple bar graph with 25 / 50 / 75% gradations and integrated
sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

SYMMETRY
Symmetrical bar graph for positive and negative directions of flow,
with -50 / 0 / +50% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Factory setting:
STANDARD

124 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the display value assigned to the
Info. Line - OOS information line (the bottom line of the local display) during normal
Assign measuring operation.

Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (manipulated variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (controlled variable)
DEVICE PD-TAG
BLANK LINE

Factory setting:
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITIONS

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Info. Line - OOS H Note!
100% Value The input is not active unless one of the following was selected in the
parameter "User Interface Info. Line - Assign":
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this parameter to define the flow value to be shown on the


display as the 100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10

H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
("System Unit - Mass Flow", "System Unit - Volume Flow", or "System
Unit - Corrected Volume Flow").

Endress+Hauser 125
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Info. Line - OOS H Note!
Format The option is not active unless a number was selected in the
parameter "User Interface Info. Line - Assign".

Use this parameter to define the maximum number of places after


the decimal point displayed for the reading in the information line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the
display, it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calcu-
lations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring
device cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and
the engineering unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the
display between the measured value and the engineering unit
(e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that the measuring system is compu-
ting with more decimal places than can be shown on the display.

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Info. Line - OOS H Note!
Display Mode The option is not available unless one of the following was selected
in the parameter "User Interface Info. Line - Assign":
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this parameter to define the format of the bar graph.

Options:
STANDARD
Simple bar graph with 25 / 50 / 75% gradations and integrated
sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

SYMMETRY
Symmetrical bar graph for positive and negative directions of flow,
with -50 / 0 / +50% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Factory setting:
STANDARD

126 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN - Use this parameter to define the second reading to be displayed in
Info. Line - OOS the information line alternately (every 10 seconds) with the value
Multiplex defined in the parameter "User Interface Info. Line - Assign".
Assign
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
REFERENCE DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
TOTALIZER 1
TOTALIZER 2
TOTALIZER 3
AI 1 - OUT VALUE
AI 2 - OUT VALUE
AI 3 - OUT VALUE
AI 4 - OUT VALUE
AI 5 - OUT VALUE
AI 6 - OUT VALUE
AI 7 - OUT VALUE
PID - IN VALUE (manipulated variable)
PID - CAS_IN VALUE (external set point)
PID - OUT VALUE (controlled variable)
DEVICE PD-TAG
BLANK LINE
OPERATING/SYSTEM CONDITIONS

Factory setting:
OFF

H Note!
Multiplex mode is suspended as soon as a fault / notice message is
generated. The message in question appears on the display.

• Fault message (identified by a lightning icon):


Multiplex mode is resumed as soon as the fault is no longer active.

• Notice message (identified by an exclamation mark):


Multiplex mode is resumed as soon as the notice message is no
longer active.

Endress+Hauser 127
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Info. Line - OOS H Note!
Multiplex The input is not active unless one of the following was selected in the
100% Value parameter "User Interface Info. Line - Multiplex Assign":
• MASS FLOW IN %
• VOLUME FLOW IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW IN %
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this parameter to define the flow value to be shown on the


display as the 100% value.

User input:
5-digit floating-point number

Factory setting:
10

H Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding parameter
("System Unit - Mass Flow", "System Unit - Volume Flow", or "System
Unit - Corrected Volume Flow").

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Info. Line - OOS H Note!
Multiplex The option is not active unless a number was selected in the
Format parameter "User Interface Info. Line - Multiplex Assign".

Use this parameter to define the maximum number of places after


the decimal point for the second value displayed in the information
line.

Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX

Factory setting:
X.XXXX

H Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the
display, it has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calcu-
lations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring
device cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and
the engineering unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the
display between the measured value and the engineering unit
(e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that the measuring system is compu-
ting with more decimal places than can be shown on the display.

128 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 3 Transducer Block

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

User Interface AUTO - MAN -


Info. Line - OOS H Note!
Multiplex The option is not active unless one of the following was selected in
Display Mode the parameter "User Interface Info. Line - Multiplex Assign":
• MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
• CORRECTED VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %

Use this parameter to define the format of the bar graph.

Options:
STANDARD
Simple bar graph with 25 / 50 / 75% gradations and integrated
sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-000

SYMMETRY
Symmetrical bar graph for positive and negative directions of flow,
with -50 / 0 / +50% gradations and integrated sign.

F-x3xxxxx-20-xx-xx-xx-001

Factory setting:
STANDARD

Endress+Hauser 129
3 Transducer Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Transducer block
Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

Volume Flow AUTO - MAN - Displays the current measured value and the status of the second
OOS process variable (Volume Flow) made available to the Analog Input
Function Block as an input value.

Volume Flow AUTO - MAN - Displays the unit of the volume flow.
Unit OOS
H Note!
The unit is set in the associated Analog Input Function Block via the
parameter group "XD_SCALE" (see Seite 150).

Zeropoint AUTO - MAN - This parameter enables a zero point adjustment to be automatically
Adjustment OOS carried out. The new zero point determined by the measuring system
is adopted by the "Sensor Data - Zeropoint" parameter.

Options:
CANCEL
START

Factory setting:
CANCEL

A Caution!
Before carrying out the calibration, please refer to BA065D/06/en
"Promass 83 FF Operating Instructions" where a detailed description
of the zero point adjustment is given.

H Note!
• Programming is locked during zero point adjustment.
• If the zero point adjustment is not possible, e.g. with a flow velocity
> 0.1 m/s, or has been cancelled, then the message "Zeropoint
Adjustment failure - Error No. 731" is shown in the parameter
"Diagnosis - Actual System Condition".
• The zeropoint adjustment can, also using cyclic scheduled data
transmission, be controlled or initiated via the Discrete Output
function block.

130 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4 Function blocks – general

4 Function blocks – general

The function blocks contain the basic automation functions of the field device.
We distinguish between different function blocks, e.g. Analog Input Function Block,
PID function block (PID controller), etc.

Each of these function blocks is used to execute different application functions. This
means that local control functions, for example, can be carried out directly in the field,
and device errors such as amplifier errors are reported to the automation system auto-
matically.

The function blocks process the input values in accordance with their specific algorithm
and their internally available parameters. They generate output values that are made
available to other function blocks for further processing by linking the individual function
blocks with each other.

Endress+Hauser 131
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5 Analog Input Function Block

In the Analog Input Function Block (AI) the process variables are prepared by the
Transducer Block for the subsequent automation functions (e.g. scaling, limit value
processing). The automation function is defined by the connections of the outputs.

F06-53xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-001
OUT = output value and output status of the Analog Input Function Block

5.1 Signal processing


The figure shows the internal structure of the Analog Input Function Blocks:

F06-83xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-003

The Analog Input Function Block receives its input value from the Transducer Block.
The parameter CHANNEL (see Page 141) is used to select which input value is to be
processed by the Analog Input Function Block.

• Parameter CHANNEL = 1 → Mass Flow


• Parameter CHANNEL = 2 → Volume Flow
• Parameter CHANNEL = 3 → Corrected Volume Flow
• Parameter CHANNEL = 4 → Density
• Parameter CHANNEL = 5 → Reference Density
• Parameter CHANNEL = 6 → Temperature
• Parameter CHANNEL = 7 → Totalizer 1
• Parameter CHANNEL = 8 → Totalizer 2
• Parameter CHANNEL = 9 → Totalizer 3
• Parameter CHANNEL = 16 → Discrete Output, for AI Function block not relevant

132 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

The parameter group SIMULATE (see Page 149) allows you to replace the input value
with a simulation value and to activate simulation. By specifying the status and the simu-
lation value the reaction of the complete Analog Input Function Block can be tested.

The parameter L_TYPE is used to select the linearisation type of the input or simulation
value (see Page 144):

• Direct signal conversion


The value is forwarded without conversion (XD_SCALE = OUT_SCALE).
Select this option if the input value is already in the physical unit you want.

• Indirect signal conversion


With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is re-sca-
led linearly via the input scaling XD_SCALE to the desired output range OUT_SCALE
(further information on rescaling of the input value can be found on Page 136).

• Indirect signal conversion with square root


With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is re-sca-
led via the parameter group XD_SCALE and recalculated using a square root function.
It is then rescaled again to the desired output range via the parameter group
OUT_SCALE.

The parameter LOW_CUT (see Page 147) allows a limit value to be specified for the Low
Flow Cut Off. The Low Flow Cut Off is activated via the parameter IO_OPTS (see
Page 144). If the converted primary value (PV) is below the limit value then it is set to a
value of "Zero".

In the parameter PV_FTIME (see Page 148) a filter time can be specified for filtering the
converted primary value (PV). If a time of 0 seconds is specified then no filtration takes
place.

The parameter group MODE_BLK (see Page 147) is used to select the operating mode
of the Analog Input Function Block. If the operating mode MAN (manual) is selected
then the output value OUT (see Page 147) can be specified directly.

The output value OUT is compared with warning and alarm limits (e.g. HI_LIM,
LO_LO_LIM, etc.) that can be entered via various parameters. If one of these limit values
is violated then a limit value process alarm (e.g. HI_ALM, LO_LO_ALM, etc.) is trigge-
red.

The major functions and parameters of the Analog Input Function Block are listed below;
you will find an overview of all the available parameters starting on Seite 138.

5.2 Selecting the operating mode


The operating mode is set via the parameter group MODE_BLK (see Page 147). The
Analog Input Function Block supports the following operating modes:
– AUTO
– MAN
– OOS

H Note!
The block status OOS is also shown via the parameter BLOCK_ERR (see Page 141). In
operating mode OOS, if write protection is not enabled, you can access all the write
parameters without restriction.

Endress+Hauser 133
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.3 Selection of the process variable


The Promass 83 FF has seven Analog Input Function Blocks. The process variables
of the Transducer Block that are to be processed are assigned via the parameter
CHANNEL (see Page 141).
The Promass 83 FF is configured in the factory as follows:
• Function block 1, Parameter CHANNEL = 1 → Mass Flow
• Function block 2, Parameter CHANNEL = 2 → Volume Flow
• Function block 3, Parameter CHANNEL = 3 → Corr. Volume Flow
• Function block 4, Parameter CHANNEL = 4 → Density
• Function block 5, Parameter CHANNEL = 5 → Reference Density
• Function block 6, Parameter CHANNEL = 6 → Temperature
• Function block 7, Parameter CHANNEL = 7 → Totalizer 1

5.4 Linearisation types


In the Analog Input Function Block the input value can be linearised by the Transducer
Block using the parameter L_TYPE (see Page 144). The following types of linearisation
are available:

• Direct
With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) avoids
the Linearisation function and is looped unchanged with the same unit by the Analog
Input Function Block.

• Indirect
With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is re-sca-
led linearly via the input scaling XD_SCALE to the desired output range OUT_SCALE.

• Indirect Square Root


With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is re-sca-
led via the parameter group XD_SCALE and recalculated using an evolution function.
It is then rescaled again to the desired output range via the parameter group
OUT_SCALE.

5.5 Selection of units


A change in the unit for the volume flow or totalizer is defined in the relevant Analog
Input Function Block, in the parameter group XD_SCALE (see Page 150) via the ele-
ment UNIT. The unit set here is copied from the Transducer Block.

H Note!
The selecion of the unit in the Transducer Block has no effect on the unit selected in the
Analog Input Function Block with which the field device works. The unit selection in the
Transducer block only effect to the display, the density adjust and the simulation.

134 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

5.6 Status of the output value OUT


The status of the parameter group OUT communicates to the subsequent function
blocks the status of the Analog Input Function Block and the validity of the output value
OUT. The following status values can be displayed:

• GOOD_NON_CASCADE
The output value OUT is valid and can be used for further processing.

• Uncertain
The output value OUT can only be used for further processing to a limited extent. This
status of the process variable in the Transducer Block is forwarded via the status of
the output parameter OUT.

• BAD
The output value OUT is invalid. Occurs when the Analog Input Function Block is swit-
ched to operating mode OOS (Out Of Service). Brought about if the status of the pro-
cess variable from the Transducer Block is the same, since this status is similarly for-
warded to the status of OUT. The status is shown via the parameter BLOCK_ERR =
Input Failure.

5.7 Simulation of input/output


Parameters of the Analog Input Function Block allow simulation of the input
and output of the function block:

1. Simulation of the input of the Analog Input Function Block:


The parameter group SIMULATE (see Page 149) can be used to specify the input
value (measured value and status). Since the simulation value runs through the entire
function block, all the parameter settings of the block can be checked.

H Note!
If simulation is blocked by the jumper on the I/O board then simulation mode cannot
be activated in the parameter SIMULATE (see Page 149). In the Resource Block, the
parameter BLOCK_ERROR (see Page 80) shows whether simulation of the Analog
Input Function Block is possible.

2. Simulation of the output of the Analog Input Function Block:


Set the operating mode in the parameter group MODE_BLK (see Page 147) to MAN
and specify the desired output value directly in the parameter OUT (see Page 147).

5.8 Diagnosis
The parameter BLOCK_ERR shows the current block status and in the event of an error,
the cause of this (see Page 141).

Endress+Hauser 135
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.9 Rescaling the input value


In the Analog Input Function Block the input value or input range can be scaled in
accordance with the automation requirements.

Example:
• The system unit in the Transducer Block is kg/h.
• The measurement range of the sensor is 0...30 kg/h.
• The output range to the process control system should be 0...100%.

The Analog Input Function Block must be configured as as follows:


• Parameter CHANNEL (see Page 141)
Option: Channel = 1 → mass flow

• Parameter L_TYPE (see Page 144)


Option: L_TYPE = Indirect
The measured value from the Transducer Block (input value) is rescaled linearly via
the input scaling XD_SCALE to the desired output range OUT_SCALE.

• Parameter group XD_SCALE (see Page 150)


XD_SCALE 0 % =0
XD_SCALE 100 % = 30
XD_SCALE UNIT = kg/h

• Parameter group OUT_SCALE (see Page 148)


OUT_SCALE 0 % =0
OUT_SCALE 100 % = 100
OUT_SCALE UNIT =%

The result is that with an input value of, for example, 15 m3/h a value of 50% is output
via the parameter OUT.
F06-83xFFxxx-05-xx-xx-en-001

136 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

5.10 Limit values


The limit values are based on the output value OUT. If the output value OUT exceeds or
does not reach the defined limit values then an alarm is sent to the fieldbus host system
via the limit value process alarms.
The following limit values can be defined:
– HI_HI_LIM (see Page 142) – HI_LIM (see Page 143)
– LO_LO_LIM (see Page 145) – LO_LIM (see Page 145)

5.11 Alarm detection and processing


Process alarms provide information on particular block statuses and block events.
The status of the process alarms is communicated to the fieldbus host system via the
parameter BLOCK_ALM (see Page 140). The parameter ACK_OPTION (see Page 138)
specifies whether an alarm must be confirmed via the fieldbus host system.

The following process alarms are generated by the Analog Input Function Block:

• Block process alarms


A block process alarm is triggered via the parameter BLOCK_ERR (see Page 141).
The parameter BLOCK_ALM (see Page 140) is used to show the block process
alarms and communicate them to the fieldbus host system. The following process
alarms can be generated by the Analog Input Function Block:
– SIMULATE ACTIVE
– INPUT FAILURE
– OUT OF SERVICE
– BLOCK CONFIG ERROR
If the option of the process alarm (BLOCK ALM) has not been enabled in the parame-
ter ACK_OPTION (see Page 138), the process alarms must be acknowledged in the
parameter BLOCK_ALM (see Page 140).

• Limit value process alarms


If a limit value is infringed then the priority specified for the limit value alarm will be
checked before the limit value violation is communicated to the fieldbus host system.
The priority that specifies the action in the event of an active limit value violation is
determined by the following parameters:
– HI_HI_PRI (see Page 143) – HI_PRI (see Page 143)
– LO_LO_PRI (see Page 146) – LO_PRI (see Page 146)

The status of the limit value process alarms is communicated to the fieldbus host
system via the following parameters:
– HI_HI_ALM (see Page 142) – HI_ALM (see Page 142)
– LO_LO_ALM (see Page 145) – LO_ALM (see Page 145)

If the option of a limit value process alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION (see Page 138) then this must be acknowledged directly in its parame-
ter (see list).

H Note!
The parameter ALARM_SUM (see Page 140) shows the current status of all the
process alarms.

Endress+Hauser 137
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

5.12 Parameters of the Analog Input Function Block


The following table shows all the available parameters of the Analog Input
function block.

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ACK_OPTION AUTO - MAN - This parameter is used to specify whether a process alarm must
OOS be acknowledged at the time of alarm recognition by the fieldbus
host system. If this option is enabled the process alarm is acknow-
ledged automatically.

Options:
HI_HI_ALM
Upper limit value alarm

HI_ALM
Upper limit value warning

LO_LO_ALM
Lower limit value alarm

LO_ALM
Lower limit value warning

BLOCK ALM
Block alarm

Factory setting:
The option is not enabled for any alarm, the alarms must
be acknowledged

ALARM_HYS AUTO - MAN - For entry of the hysteresis value for the upper and lower warning or
OOS alarm limit values. The alarm conditions remain active so long as
the measured value is within the hysteresis.

The hysteresis value affects the following warning and alarm limit
values of the Analog Input Function Block:
• HI_HI_ALM (Upper limit value alarm)
• HI_ALM (Upper limit value warning)
• LO_LO_ALM (Lower limit value alarm)
• LO_ALM (Lower limit value warning)

User input:
0...50%

Factory setting:
0.5%

H Note!
The hysteresis value relates to a percentage of the range of the
parameter group OUT_SCALE in the Analog Input Function Block
(see Page 148).

(Continued on next Page)

138 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ALARM_HYS AUTO - MAN - Example:


(Continuation) OOS The top diagram shows the limit values defined for the warnings
LO_LIM and HI_LIM with their respective hystereses (gray back-
ground) and the signal curve of the output value OUT.
The bottom two diagrams show the behaviour of the associated
alarms HI_ALM and LO_ALM in relation to the changing signal
curve (0 = no alarm, 1 = alarm output).

a = The block output value OUT exceeds the limit value HI_LIM,
HI_ALM is activated.

b = The block output value OUT is below the hysteresis value of


HI_LIM, HI_ALM is deactivated.

c = The block output value OUT is below the limit value LO_LIM,
LO_ALM is activated.

d = The block output value OUT exceeds the hysteresis value of


LO_LIM, LO_ALM is deactivated.

F06-53xFFxxx-05-xx-xx-de-002

Endress+Hauser 139
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ALARM_SUM AUTO - MAN - Displays the current status of the process alarms in the Analog
OOS Input Function Block.

Display:
HI_HI_ALM
Violation of the upper limit value alarm

HI_ALM
Violation of the upper limit value warning

LO_LO_ALM
Violation of the lower limit value alarm

LO_ALM
Violation of the lower limit value warning

BLOCK ALM
Block alarm

H Note!
In addition the process alarms can also be disabled in this
parameter group.

ALERT_KEY AUTO - MAN - For entry of the identification number of the plant unit. This informa-
OOS tion can be used by the fieldbus host system for sorting alarms
and events.

User input:
1...255

Factory setting:
0

BLOCK_ALM AUTO - MAN - Displays the current block status with information on pending con-
OOS figuration, hardware or system errors, including details of the alarm
time (date, time) when the error occurred.

The block alarm is triggered in the event of the following block


errors:
• SIMULATE ACTIVE
• INPUT FAILURE
• OUT OF SERVICE
• BLOCK CONFIG ERROR

H Note!
If the option of the alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the alarm can only be acknowledged via this para-
meter.

140 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

BLOCK_ERR read only Displays the active block error.

Display:
SIMULATE ACTIVE
Simulation in the parameter group "Simulate" of the Analog Input
Function Block is active.

INPUT FAILURE
Input fault, the input value of the Transducer Block has a status
of BAD.

OUT OF SERVICE
The block has the status "Out Of Service".

BLOCK CONFIG ERROR


The unit selected via the parameter group XD_SCALE does not
match the measured variable of the selected process variable. If
linearisation type "Direct" is selected in the parameter L_TYPE, the
scalings of the parameter groups XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE do
not match.

CHANNEL OOS Assignment between the logical hardware channels of the


Transducer Block and the input of the relevant Analog Input
Function Block. The Transducer Block of the Promass 83 FF
provides two process variables for the following input channels of
the Analog Input Function Blocks:

Options:
0 = Initialized
1 = Mass Flow
2 = Volume Flow
3 = Corrected Volume Flow
4 = Density
5 = Reference Density
6 = Temperature
7 = Totalizer 1
8 = Totalizer 2
9 = Totalizer 3
16 = Discrete Output (this option has no effect)

Factory setting:
AI function block 1: CHANNEL = 1 (Mass Flow)
AI function block 2: CHANNEL = 2 (Volume Flow)
AI function block 3: CHANNEL = 3 (Corrected Volume Flow)
AI function block 4: CHANNEL = 4 (Density)
AI function block 5: CHANNEL = 5 (Reference Density)
AI function block 6: CHANNEL = 6 (Temperature)
AI function block 7: CHANNEL = 7 (Totalizer 1)

H Note!
With option 0 = Initialized, the operating mode of the function block
does not switch to the status AUTO.

Endress+Hauser 141
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

FIELD_VAL read only Displays the process variable with the associated status from the
Transducer block. The value relates to a percentage of the input
range XD_SCALE and when simulation is active is replaced by the
simulation value.

100 x (process variable PV - XD_SCALE_0%)


FIELD_VAL = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(XD_SCALE_100% - XD_SCALE_0%)

H Note!
The desired process variables from the Transducer block and the
input value of the Analog Input Function Block are matched via
the parameter CHANNEL.

GRANT_DENY AUTO - MAN - Locks or unlocks the access authorisation of a fieldbus host
OOS system on the field device.

H Note!
This parameter is not evaluated by the Promass 83 FF.

HI_ALM AUTO - MAN - Alarm status display for the upper warning limit value (HI_LIM),
OOS including details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value
that triggered the alarm.

H Note!
• In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged in this
parameter group.
• If the option of the alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the alarm can only be acknowledged via this
parameter.

HI_HI_ALM AUTO - MAN - Alarm status display for the upper alarm limit value (HI_HI_LIM),
OOS including details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value
that triggered the alarm.

H Note!
• In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged
in this parameter group.
• If the option of the alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the alarm can only be acknowledged via this
parameter.

HI_HI_LIM AUTO - MAN - Entry of the alarm limit value for the upper alarm (HI_HI_ALM). If
OOS the output value OUT exceeds this limit value then the alarm status
parameter HI_HI_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of OUT_SCALE

Factory setting:
3402823466 x 1038

142 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

HI_HI_PRI AUTO - MAN - Specifies the action taken when the upper alarm limit value
OOS (HI_HI_LIM) is exceeded.

User input:
0
The violation of the upper alarm limit is not evaluated.

1
No notification if the upper alarm limit is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The violation of the upper alarm limit is output as a user notice with
the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority).

8-15
The violation of the upper alarm limit is output as a critical alarm
with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority, 15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

HI_LIM AUTO - MAN - Entry of the alarm limit value for the upper warning (HI_ALM). If the
OOS output value OUT exceeds this limit value then the alarm status
parameter HI_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of OUT_SCALE

Factory setting:
3402823466 x 1038

HI_PRI AUTO - MAN - Specifies the action taken when the upper warning limit value
OOS (HI_LIM) is exceeded.

User input:
0
The violation of the upper warning limit is not evaluated.

1
No notification if the upper warning limit is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The violation of the upper warning limit is output as a user notice
with the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority).

8-15
The violation of the upper warning limit is output as a critical alarm
with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority, 15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

Endress+Hauser 143
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

IO_OPTS OOS Activates the options for processing the input and output values of
the function block (I/O options).

The Analog Input Function Block supports the following options:

Options:
Low Cut Off (low flow cut off)

Factory setting:
not enabled

H Note!
The activation point of the low flow cut off can be entered via the
parameter LOW-CUT (see Page 147).

L_TYPE MAN Selects the type of linearisation for the input value.

Options:
Uninitialized

Direct
With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block
(input value) avoids the linearisation function and is looped
unchanged with the same unit by the Analog Input Function Block.
With this option the scaling and unit of the parameter groups
XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE must be identical. If this is not the
case, the function block switches to operating mode OOS.

PV = Input value

Indirect (linear conversion)


With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block
(input value) is rescaled linearly via the input scaling XD_SCALE to
the desired output range OUT_SCALE.

X
PV = ---------- ⋅ ( Y – Z ) – Z
100
X = FIELD_VAL
Y = OUTSCALE_100%
Z = OUTSCALE_0%

Indirect Square Root


With this setting the measured value from the Transducer Block
(input value) is rescaled via the parameter group XD_SCALE and
recalculated using a square root function. It is then rescaled again
to the desired output range via the parameter group OUT_SCALE.

PV = X - ⋅ (Y – Z) – Z
---------
100
X = FIELD_VAL
Y = OUTSCALE_100%
Z = OUTSCALE_0%

Factory setting:
Uninitialized

H Note!
With option Uninitialized, the operating mode of the function block
does not switch to the status AUTO.

144 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

LO_ALM AUTO - MAN - Alarm status display for the lower warning limit value (LO_LIM),
OOS including details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value
that triggered the alarm.

H Note!
• In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged
in this parameter group.
• If the option of the alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the alarm can only be acknowledged via this
parameter.

LO_LIM AUTO - MAN - Entry of the alarm limit value for the lower warning (LO_ALM). If the
OOS output value OUT is below this limit value then the alarm status
parameter LO_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of OUT_SCALE

Factory setting:
-3402823466 x 1038

LO_LO_ALM read only Alarm status display for the lower alarm limit value (LO_LO_LIM),
including details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value
that triggered the alarm.

H Note!
• In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged in this
parameter group.
• If the option of the alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the alarm can only be acknowledged via this
parameter.

LO_LO_LIM AUTO - MAN - Entry of the alarm limit value for the lower alarm (LO_LO_ALM). If
OOS the output value OUT is below this limit value then the alarm status
parameter LO_LO_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of OUT_SCALE

Factory setting:
-3402823466 x 1038

Endress+Hauser 145
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

LO_LO_PRI AUTO - MAN - Specifies the action taken when the lower alarm limit value
OOS (LO_LO_LIM) is not reached.

User input:
0
The violation of the lower alarm limit is not evaluated.

1
No notification to master if the lower alarm limit is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The violation of the lower alarm limit is output as a user notice with
the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority).

8-15
The violation of the lower alarm limit is output as a critical alarm
with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority, 15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

LO_PRI AUTO - MAN - Specifies the action taken when the lower warning limit value
OOS (LO_LIM) is exceeded.

User input:
0
The violation of the lower warning limit is not evaluated.

1
No notification to master if the lower warning limit is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The violation of the lower warning limit is output as a user notice
with the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority).

8-15
The violation of the lower warning limit is output as a critical alarm
with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority, 15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

146 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

LOW_CUT AUTO - MAN - For entry of a limit value for the Low Flow Cut Off. If the converted
OOS measured value is below this limit value then PV is shown as zero.

User input:
Range and unit of OUT_SCALE

Factory setting:
0

H Note!
• This parameter is only active if the I/O option Low Flow Cut Off
has been selected in the parameter IO_OPTS (see Page 144).
• The unit used is copied from the parameter group OUT_SCALE.

MODE_BLK AUTO - MAN - Displays the current (Actual) and desired (Target) operating mode
OOS of the Analog Input Function Block, the permitted modes (Permit-
ted) supported by the Resource Block and the normal operating
mode (Normal).

Display:
AUTO
MAN
OOS

H Note!
The Analog Input Function Block supports the following
operating modes:

• AUTO (automatic operation)


The block is executed.

• MAN (manual intervention by the operator)


The output value OUT can be specified.

• OOS (Out Of Service)


The block has the status "Out Of Service". With the output value
OUT the last valid value is output. The status of the output value
OUT switches to BAD.

OUT MAN - OOS Displays the output value with alarm evaluation and the status of
the Analog Input Function Block.

H Note!
• If MAN (manual) is selected for the operating mode in the para-
meter MODE_BLK then the output value OUT can be specified
manually here.
• The unit used is copied from the parameter group OUT_SCALE.

Endress+Hauser 147
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

OUT_SCALE MAN - OOS Definition of the output range (lower and upper limit), the physical
unit and the number of decimal places for the output value (OUT).

Factory setting:
Analog Input Function Block 1 = 0...100 kg/h
Analog Input Function Block 2 = 0...100 m3/h
Analog Input Function Block 3 = 0...100 Nm3/h
Analog Input Function Block 4 = 0...100 kg/l
Analog Input Function Block 5 = 0...100 kg/Nl
Analog Input Function Block 6 = 0...100 °C
Analog Input Function Block 7 = 0...100 kg

H Note!
Defining the measurement range in this parameter group does not
restrict the output value OUT. If the output value OUT is outside the
measurement range, this value is transferred nonetheless.

PV read only Displays the process variable used for the block execution, inclu-
ding the status of the process variable.

H Note!
The unit used is copied from the parameter group OUT_SCALE.

PV_FTIME AUTO - MAN - Entry of the filter time constant (in seconds) of the digital filter of the
OOS 1st order. This time is required in order for 63% of a change in the
parameter FIELD_VAL to have an effect on the value of PV.

The diagram shows the signal curves of the Analog Input Function
Block over time:

F06-53xFFxxx-05-xx-xx-en-003

a) The parameter FIELD_VAL changes.


b) The parameter PV has reacted 63% to the change in the
parameter FIELD_VAL.

Factory setting:
0s

148 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 5 Analog Input Function Block

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

SIMULATE AUTO - MAN - Simulation of the input value and input status. Since this value runs
OOS through the entire algorithm, the behaviour of the Analog Input
Function Block can be checked.

Factory setting:
Simulation Disabled

H Note!
The parameter BLOCK_ERROR of the Resource Block shows whe-
ther simulation is possible.

ST_REV read only Displays the revision status of the static data.

H Note!
The revision status parameter is incremented on each modification
of static data.

STATUS_ OOS Specifies the options for status processing and processing of the
OPTS output parameter OUT.

The following options will be supported:

Options:
Uncertain if MAN mode
The status of the output value OUT changes to UNCERTAIN if the
operating mode is set to "MAN"

Propagate Fault Forward


Fault is forwarded on. The status of the Transducer block is passed
on to succeeding function blocks via the parameter BKCAL_OUT.

Factory setting:
no options active

STRATEGY AUTO - MAN - Parameter for grouping and thus faster evaluation of blocks. Grou-
OOS ping is carried out by entering the same numerical value in the
parameter STRATEGY for each individual block.

Factory setting:
0

H Note!
This data is neither checked nor processed by the Analog Input
Function Block.

TAG_DESC AUTO - MAN - Entry of a user-specific text of max. 32 characters for unique identi-
OOS fication and assignment of the block.

Factory setting:
"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _" without text

UPDATE_EVT read only Displays whether static block data has been modified, including
date and time.

Endress+Hauser 149
5 Analog Input Function Block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Analog Input Function Block


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

XD_SCALE MAN - OOS In this parameter group, the corresponding process variable from
the Transducer block is scaled and the unit is determined.

User input:
Process variable of the sensor.

Factory setting:
Analog Input Function Block 1 = 0...100 kg/h
Analog Input Function Block 2 = 0...100 m3/h
Analog Input Function Block 3 = 0...100 Nm3/h
Analog Input Function Block 4 = 0...100 kg/l
Analog Input Function Block 5 = 0...100 kg/Nl
Analog Input Function Block 6 = 0...100 °C
Analog Input Function Block 7 = 0...100 kg

H Note!
• Defining the measurement range in this parameter group does
not represent a restriction. If the value is outside the measure-
ment range, it is transferred nonetheless.

• The unit options depend on the corresponding channel:


Channel = 1, only units for the mass flow are valid
Channel = 2, only units for the volume flow are valid
Channel = 3, only units for the corrected volume floware valid
Channel = 4, only units for the density are valid
Channel = 5, only units for the reference density are valid
Channel = 6, only units for the temperature are valid
Channel = 7, only units for the totalizer 1 are valid
Channel = 8, only units for the totalizer 2 are valid
Channel = 9, only units for the totalizer 3 are valid
If a unit that does not match is selected, the function block
switches to operating mode OOS (Out Of Service).

• The unit selected in this parameter group is also valid for the
Transducer Block.

• Entry of the measurement range via the parameter XD_SCALE


does not restrict the output.

• A description of the rescaling of an input value via the parameter


XD_SCALE can be found on Page 136.

150 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Discrete Output Function block

6 Discrete Output Function block

The Discrete Output function block (DO, Discrete Output) processes a discrete setpoint
value received from an upstream function block or higher level process control system,
with which various instrument functions (e.g. zero point adjustment or totalizer reset)
can be initiated in the subsequent Transducer block.

F06-83xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-001
CAS_IN _D = Remote setpoint value from another function block
OUT_D = Discrete output value and status
BKCAL_OUT_D = Discrete output value and status required by BKCAL_IN_D input of another block for
output tracking.

6.1 Signal processing


The figure shows the internal structure of the Discrete Output function blocks:

F06-83xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-002

In the CAS operating mode (cascade operation), the Discrete Output function block
receives, via the function block input CAS_IN_D, a discrete signal from an upstream
function block. This signal controls the setpoint value (parameter SP_D) of the function
block, and after internal calculation is sent as an output signal (parameter OUT_D) to
the Transducer block for control of instrument functions (e.g. zero point adjustment).
The output value and status of the Discrete Output function block is communicated to
the upstream block via the output BKCAL_OUT_D.
Signal processing in the RCAS operating mode (remote cascade operation) is largely
identical to the CAS operating mode. However, in this operating mode, control of the
parameter SP_D does not take place via an upstream function block but through a
process control system. The output value and status of the Discrete Output function
block is communicated to the process control system as an answer message via
parameter RCAS_OUT_D.

Endress+Hauser 151
6 Discrete Output Function block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

In the AUTO operating mode (automatic operation), the set point value (parameter
SP_D) is prescribed directly in the Discrete Output function block. In this case, the
parameter CAS_IN_D is not taken into consideration in the internal calculation.

In the MAN operating mode (HAND), the output value (parameter OUT_D) can be
prescribed directly in the Discrete Output function block. No internal calculation takes
place.

The major functions and parameters of the Discrete Output Function Block are listed
below; you will find an overview of all the available parameters starting on Seite 154.

6.2 Selection of the process variable


The operating mode is set via the parameter group MODE_BLKK (see Seite 157). The
Discrete Output Function Block supports the following operating modes:
– AUTO
– MAN
– CAS
– RCAS
– OOS

6.3 Saftey behavior


There is a safety default available (fault state)for the Discrete Output function block.
This is activated when a fault condition (of the corresponding valid set point value)
exists longer than defined in the parameter FSTATE_TIME, or when the parameter
SET_FSTATE in the Resource block is activated. The safety operation is determined
via the parameters FSTATE_TIME, FSTATE_VAL_D, and IO_OPTS.

6.4 Assignment between the Discrete Output Function


block and the Transducer block
The assignment or connection between the Discrete Output function block and the
Transducer block takes place in the Discrete Output function block via the parameter
CHANNEL. Since in Promass 83 only one Transducer block exists, the value must be
set to 16.

Parameter CHANNEL = 16 → Discrete Output Function block

152 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Discrete Output Function block

6.5 Values for the parameters CAS_IN_D, RCAS_IN_D,


OUT_D, and SP_D
Via the Discrete Output function block, different instrument functions in the Transducer
block can be initiated via manufacturer-specific, fixed set point values from an upstream
function block.

Here it must be observed that the desired function is only then executed when a status
change from the value 0 (Discrete state 0) to the corresponding function value (following
table) takes place. The value 0 always serves as the starting point for the corresponding
control of instrument functions. A status change from a value not equal to zero to another
value has no effect.

Input allocation of the parameter CAS_IN_D, RCAS_IN_D, OUT_D, SP_D

Status changes Action


Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 1 reserved
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 2 Positive Zero Return ON
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 3 Positive Zero Return OFF
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 4 Zero Point Adjustment
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 5 reserved
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 6 reserved
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 7 Reset Totalizers 1, 2, 3
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 8 Reset Totalizer 1
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 9 Reset Totalizer 2
Discrete state 0 → Discrete state 10 Reset Totalizer 3

Example for the control of creep suppression via the Discrete Output
function block.
The following example shows how the creep suppression can be activated or
deactivated via the Discrete Output function block during a cleaning procedure.

1. In the first step, the connection between the Discrete Output function block and the
Transducer block must be established. Here, the value 16 must be assigned to the
parameter CHANNEL in the Discrete Output function block.

Parameter CHANNEL = 16 → Discrete Output

2. In the CAS operating mode, the Discrete Output function block processes the set
point value prescribed at the input CAS_IN_D from the upstream function block and
transfers it to the Transducer block.

Activating the creep suppression


With a starting value of 0 (Discrete state 0), the creep suppression is activated
by a status change from 0 to 2 at input CAS_IN_D.

Deactivating the creep suppression


The creep suppression can only then be deactivated when the input value at
CAS_IN_D has first been set to output value 0 (Discrete state 0). Only then can
the creep suppression be deactivated through a status change from 0 to 2 at
input CAS_IN_D.

Endress+Hauser 153
6 Discrete Output Function block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

6.6 Parameter Discrete Output Funktionsblock


The following table shows all the available parameters of the Discrete Output
function block.

Discrete Output Funktionsblock


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ALERT_KEY AUTO - MAN - For entry of the identification number of the plant unit. This informa-
OOS - CAS - tion can be used by the fieldbus host system for sorting alarms and
RCAS events.

User input:
1...255

Factory setting:
0

BLOCK_ALM AUTO - MAN - Displays the current block status with information on pending confi-
OOS - CAS - guration, hardware or system errors, including details of the alarm
RCAS time (date, time) when the error occurred.

The block alarm is triggered in the event of the following block


errors:
• SIMULATE ACTIVE
• INPUT FAILURE
• OUTPUT FAILURE
• READBACK FAILURE
• OUT OF SERVICE
• BLOCK CONFIG ERROR

BKCAL_OUT_D read only Displays the discrete output value and output status transferred in
the case of cascade control to the input BKCAL_IN_D of the
preceding function block.

BLOCK_ERR read only Displays the active block error.

Display:
SIMULATE ACTIVE
Simulation in the parameter group "SIMULATE_D" of the Discrete
Output Function Block is active.

INPUT FAILURE
Input fault, the input value of the Transducer Block has a status of
BAD.

OUTPUT FAILURE
Fault in Transducer block.

OUT OF SERVICE
The block has the status "Out Of Service".

BLOCK CONFIG ERROR


• An operating switchover is not possible, since the value of the
Period of Execution time = 0.
• A switchover to the RCAS operating mode is not possible, since
the selection Uninitialized in the parameter SHED_OPT was
made.

154 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Discrete Output Function block

Discrete Output Funktionsblock


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

CAS_IN_D AUTO - MAN - Displays the discrete setpoint value and status copied from an
OOS - CAS - external function block in operating mode CAS.
RCAS
Discrete state 0 = Starting point, no effect
Discrete state 1 = reserved
Discrete state 2 = Positive Zero Return ON
Discrete state 3 = Positive Zero Return OFF
Discrete state 4 = Zero Point Adjustment
Discrete state 5 = reserved
Discrete state 6 = reserved
Discrete state 7 = Reset Totalizers 1, 2, 3
Discrete state 8 = Reset Totalizer 1
Discrete state 9 = Reset Totalizer 2
Discrete state 10 = Reset Totalizer 3

H Note!
• The desired function will only then be carried out when a status
change from 0 (Discrete state 0) to the corresponding function
value (e.g. Discrete state 2 = Positive Zero Return ON) takes
place.
• The remote setpoint value read in via the parameter CAS_IN_D is
only used if the Discrete Output Function Block is in operating
mode CAS. In operating mode AUTO the value of parameter
SP_D is used as a setpoint value.

CHANNEL OOS
H Note!
With Promass 83, this parameter is fixed at the selection 16.

Assignment between the logical hardware channels of the


Transducer Block and the input of the Discrete Output Function
Blocks.

Options:
0 = initialized
1 = Mass Flow (this option is not supported)
2 = Volume Flow (this option is not supported)
3 = Corrected Volume Flow (this option is not supported)
4 = Density (this option is not supported)
5 = Reference Density (this option is not supported)
6 = Temperature (this option is not supported)
7 = Totalizer 1 (this option is not supported)
8 = Totalizer 2 (this option is not supported)
9 = Totalizer 3 (this option is not supported)
16 = Discrete Output

FSTATE_TIME AUTO - MAN - Input of the delay time which must expire with a fault of the external
OOS - CAS - lead value (parameter RCAS_IN_D), before the defined fault opera-
RCAS tion is initiated.

Factory setting:
0s

H Note!
After expiry of the delay time and a still active fault, the following
values are used for further processing:
• If in the parameter IO_OPTS the option Fault State to value was
selected, the value of the parameter FSATE_VAL_D (fault repla-
cement value) will be used.
• If in the parameter IO_OPTS the option Fault State to value was
not selected, the value of the parameter RCAS_IN_D will continue
to be used.

Endress+Hauser 155
6 Discrete Output Function block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Discrete Output Funktionsblock


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

FSTATE_ AUTO - MAN - Entry of a fault condition replacement value for the parameter
VAL_D OOS - CAS - RCAS_IN_D. This value will be used for further processing instead
RCAS of the parameter RCAS_IN_D when the following conditions are
fulfilled:
• An active fault of the parameter RCAS_IN_D exists.
• The delay time FSTATE_TIME has expired.
• The option Fault State to value has been selected in the
parameter IO_OPTS.

Options:
0 = Starting point, no effect
1 = reserved
2 = Positive Zero Return ON
3 = Positive Zero Return OFF
4 = Zero Point Adjustment
5 = reserved
6 = reserved
7 = Reset Totalizer 1, 2, 3
8 = Reset Totalizer 1
9 = Reset Totalizer 2
10 = Reset Totalizer 3

Factory setting:
0

GRANT_DENY AUTO - MAN - Locks or unlocks the access authorisation of a fieldbus host system
OOS - CAS - on the field device.
RCAS
H Note!
This parameter is not evaluated by the Promass 83 FF.

IO_OPTS OOS Activates the options for processing the input and output values of
the function block (I/O options).

Options:
• PV for BKCAL_OUT
For BKCAL_OUT_D, the value of parameter PV_D is used instead
of the parameter SP_D.
• SP-PV Track in MAN
SP_D follows PV_D in the MAN operating mode.
• SP-PV Track in LO
SP_D follows PV_D in the LO operating mode.
• Invert
Inverting of the output value OUT_D to the Transducer block.
• Fault State to value
When fault operation is initiated, FSTATE_VAL_D is used as set
point value.
• Use Fault State Value on restart
During instrument startup, FSTATE_VAL_D is used as set point
value until a valid value is available.
• Target to MAN if Fault State activated
When fault operation is initiated, the requested (Target) operating
mode of the parameter group MODE_BLK is set to MAN, and the
original target operating mode is lost. After leaving the fault ope-
ration, the block remains in MAN and must be set to the desired
operating mode by the user.

Factory setting:
not enabled

156 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Discrete Output Function block

Discrete Output Funktionsblock


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

MODE_BLK AUTO - MAN - Displays the current (Actual) and desired (Target) operating mode
OOS - CAS - of the Discrete Output Function Block, the permitted modes (Per-
RCAS mitted) supported by the Resource Block, and the normal operating
mode (Normal).

Display:
AUTO - MAN - OOS - CAS - RCAS

The Discrete Output Function Block supports the following


operating modes:
• AUTO (Automatic Operation)
The setpoint value specified by the user via the parameter SP_D
is used in the execution of the internal Discrete Output algorithm.

• MAN (Manual Intervention by the Operator)


The parameter OUT_D can be specified directly by the user.

• OOS (Out Of Service)


The block has the status "Out Of Service". The Discrete Output
algorithm of the block is not executed. The last valid value is out-
put at the parameter OUT_D and the status changes to BAD.

• CAS (Cascade Mode)


Via the input or parameter CAS_IN_D, the Discrete Output
Function Block receives the setpoint value for internal calculation
of the actuating variable directly from another function block.
The internal Discrete Output algorithm is executed.

• RCAS (External Cascade)


Via the parameter RCAS_IN_D, the Discrete Output Function
Block receives the setpoint value for internal calculation of the
actuating variable directly from the fieldbus host system. The
internal Discrete Output algorithm is executed.

OUT_D MAN - OOS Displays the discrete output value and the status of the Discrete
Output Funktionsblocks.

H Note!
If MAN (manual) is selected for the operating mode in the parame-
ter MODE_BLK then the output value OUT_D can be specified
manually here.

PV_D read only Display of the discrete process variable value and status determi-
ned in the parameter READBACK_D.

PV_STATE AUTO - MAN - In this parameter, the Fieldbus host system can store a reference to
OOS - CAS - a description of the possible conditions of the parameter PV_D.
RCAS
H Note!
This parameter is not evaluated by the Promass 83 FF..

RCAS_IN_D AUTO - MAN - In this parameter the analog actuating variable provided by the
OOS - CAS - fieldbus host system (value and status) is read in for internal
RCAS calculation of the actuating variable and displayed.

H Note!
This parameter is only active in operating mode RCAS.

Endress+Hauser 157
6 Discrete Output Function block Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Discrete Output Funktionsblock


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

RCAS_OUT_D read only Displays the analog output value and output status of the specified
setpoint value transferred to the fieldbus host system in the course
of cascade control.

H Note!
This parameter is only active in operating mode RCAS.

READBACK_D read only Display of the input signal condition and status of the answer
message input.

SHED_OPT AUTO - MAN - Selects the action taken if the monitoring time is exceeded (see
OOS - CAS - parameter SHED_RCAS on Seite 84) in operating mode RCAS.
RCAS During the monitoring time parameter updating between the field-
bus host system and the Discrete Output Function Block is chek-
ked. If the parameters are not being updated then on expiry of the
monitoring time the Discrete Output Function Block switches from
operating mode RCAS to the mode selected here.

Options:
Uninitialized
NormalShed_NormalReturn
NormalShed_NoReturn
ShedToAuto_NormalReturn
ShedToAuto_NoReturn
ShedToManual_NormalReturn
ShedToManual_NoReturn
ShedToRetainedTarget_NormalReturn
ShedToRetainedTarget_NoReturn

Factory setting:
Uninitialized

SIMULATE_D AUTO - MAN - Simulation of the value and status of the process variable PV_D.
OOS - CAS -
RCAS Factory setting:
Simulation Disabled (Simulation not active)

H Note!
• During the simulation, the value of OUT_D is not passed on to the
Transducer block. The Transducer block keeps the last valid
value from before the simulation was activated.
• The parameter BLOCK_ERROR of the Resource block shows
whether a simulation is possible.

SP_D AUTO - MAN - Entry of the discrete setpoint value.


OOS
User input:
0 = Starting point, no effect
1 = reserved
2 = Positive Zero Return ON
3 = Positive Zero Return OFF
4 = Zero Point Adjustment
5 = reserved
6 = reserved
7 = Reset Totalizer 1, 2, 3
8 = Reset Totalizer 1
9 = Reset Totalizer 2
10 = Reset Totalizer 3

158 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 6 Discrete Output Function block

Discrete Output Funktionsblock


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ST_REV read only Displays the revision status of the static data.

H Note!
The revision status parameter is incremented on each modification
of static data.

STATUS_OPTS OOS Selects the available status options for specifying the status pro-
cessing and processing of the output parameter OUT_D.

Options:
Propagate Fault Backward
Pass on fault operation to upstream blocks.

Factory setting:
no option active

STRATEGY AUTO - MAN - Parameter for grouping and thus faster evaluation of blocks.
OOS - CAS - Grouping is carried out by entering the same numerical value in the
RCAS parameter STRATEGY for each individual block.

Factory setting:
0

H Note!
This data is neither checked nor processed by the Discrete Output
Function Block.

TAG_DESC AUTO - MAN - Entry of a user-specific text of max. 32 characters for unique identi-
OOS - CAS - fication and assignment of the block.
RCAS
Factory setting:
"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _" without text

UPDATE_EVT read only Displays whether static block data has been modified, including
date and time.

XD_STATE AUTO - MAN - In this parameter, the Fieldbus host system can store a reference to
OOS - CAS - a description of the possible conditions of the parameter PV_D.
RCAS
H Note!
This parameter is not evaluated by the Promass 83 FF.

Endress+Hauser 159
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

A PID Function Block contains the input channel processing, the proportional integral-
differential control (PID) and the analog output channel processing. The configuration
of the PID Function Block depends on the automation task. The following can be reali-
zed: basic controls, feedforward control rejection, cascade control, cascade control
with limiting.

The possibilities available for processing measured values within the PID Function
Block include: signal scaling and limiting, operating mode control, actuating, limiting
control, limit detection, signal status propagation.

F06-53xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-003
• IN = Input of the controlled variable from another function block.
• CAS_IN = Input of the remote setpoint value from another function block.
• BKCAL_IN = Input of the feedback value and status from the output BKCAL_OUT of the
subsequent function block, to prevent reset window and to initialise the control loop.
• TRK_IN_D = Discrete input for activating the external output tracking function.
• TRK_VAL = Input for the external value for tracking from another function block.
• FF_VAL = Input for the disturbance variable from another function block. (Feedforward control)
• OUT = Output value and status (actuating variable) of the PID Function Block.
• BKCAL_OUT = Output for the feedback value and status transferred to the input BKCAL_IN of the upst-
ream function block to prevent reset window and to provide bumpless transfer to closed
loop control.

7.1 Signal processing in the PID Function Block


The diagram shows the internal structure of the PID Function Block:
PID Block
Feed forward
FF_VAL
calculation

FF_GAIN BCAL_OUT
Setpoint from super- FF_SCALE Output from super-
visory host system visory host system
RCAS_IN RCAS_OUT Bypass ROUT_IN ROUT_OUT

Setpoint PID Output


CAS_IN OUT
limiting Equation limiting
Calculated
actuating
SP variable
SP_HI_LIM GAIN OUT_HI_LIM
SP_LO_LIM RATE OUT_LO_LIM
SP_RATE_DN RESET OUT_SCALE
SP_RATE_UP

TRK_IN_D
MODE
BKCAL_IN

Alarm
Scaling and PV
IN detection
filtering
F06-53xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-004

HI_HI_LIM / HI_LIM
PV_SCALE TRK_SCALE LO_LO_LIM / LO_LIM
PV_FILTER OUT_SCALE DV_HI_LIM / DV_LO_LIM

TRK_VAL Converter

160 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

7.2 PID Function Block equation


The PID Function Block (PID controller) can be used for various automation strategies.
The function block has a flexible control algorithm that can be configured differently
depending on the application.

∆e
y = GAIN ⋅ æ e + ------------------ ⋅ ò e ⋅ ∆t + RATE ⋅ -------ö + F
1
è RESET ∆t ø

• y = Actuating variable calculated from the PID algorithm.


• GAIN = Proportional gain factor (P-term)
• RESET = Time constant for the integral action in seconds (I-term)
• RATE = Time constant for the derivative action in seconds (D-term)
• e = Control deviation (e = setpoint value - PV)
• F = Disturbance variable (F = FF_VAL • FF_GAIN)

The output variable OUT results following checking of the range limits OUT_HI_LIM and
OUT_LO_LIM (see Page 178).

The PID Function Block consists of a proportional term, an integral term and a derivative
term. The actuating variable is calculated on the basis of the control deviation between
the setpoint value SP and the process variable PV (controlled variable).

The individual PID actions are used in the calculation of the actuating variable as fol-
lows:

• Proportional term - GAIN- :


The proportional term reacts directly and immediately to a change in the setpoint
value SP or the process variable PV (controlled variable). The actuating variable is
modified by the proportional factor GAIN, which corresponds to the control deviation
multiplied by the gain factor. If a controller works only with the proportional term, then
the control has a remaining control deviation.

• Integral term - RESET - :


The control deviation arising from the calculation of the actuating variable using the
proportional term is integrated via the integral term of the controller until this control
deviation is negligible. The integral function RESET corrects the actuating variable
depending on the size and duration of the control deviation. If the value for the integral
function RESET is set to zero then the controller works with pure I-control. The influ-
ence of the integral term on the control is greater if the value of the integral function
RESET is reduced.

• Derivative term - RATE - :


In the case of control sections with long delays, e.g. temperature controls, it is useful
to use the derivative term RATE of the controller. Using the derivative term RATE the
actuating variable is calculated as a function of the change in the control deviation.

Endress+Hauser 161
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.3 Selecting the operating mode


The operating mode is set via the parameter group MODE_BLK (see Page 177).
The PID Function Block supports the following operating modes:
– AUTO
– MAN
– OOS
– CAS
– RCAS
– ROUT

H Note!
The block status OOS is also shown via the parameter BLOCK_ERR (see Page 170). In
operating mode OOS, if write protection is not enabled, you can access all the write
parameters without restriction.

7.4 Setpoint selection


The PID Function Block works with different setpoint values (reference inputs) depen-
ding on the active operating mode:

• The PID Function Block is in operating mode AUTO:


The setpoint value of the parameter SP (see Page 181) is used to calculate the actua-
ting variable. This setpoint value is entered manually by the operator in the parameter
SP.

• The PID Function Block is in operating mode CAS:


The setpoint value of the parameter CAS_IN (see Page 170) is used to calculate the
actuating variable. This setpoint value is copied from an external function block or a
host computer and read in via the input parameter CAS_IN in the PID Function Block.

• The PID Function Block is in operating mode RCAS:


The setpoint value of the parameter RCAS_IN (see Page 180) is used to calculate the
actuating variable. This setpoint value is copied from the fieldbus host system and
read in via the input parameter RCAS_IN in the PID Function Block.

H Note!
The range of setpoint value input can be restricted via the parameters SP_HI_LIM and
SP_LO_LIM (see Page 181).

7.5 Damping
Specifying a time in the parameter PV_FTIME (see Page 179) slows down the reaction
of the internal process variables to changes in the input value IN (controlled variable).
This output filter is useful where the input value fluctuates greatly. Where a time of 0
seconds is specified, the output value is not filtered.

162 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

7.6 Limit Values


The limit values are based on the value of the process variable PV (see Page 179).
If the process variable PV exceeds or does not reach the defined limit values then an
alarm is sent to the fieldbus host system via the limit value process alarms.
The following limit values can be defined:
– HI_HI_LIM (see Page 174) – HI_LIM (see Page 175)
– LO_LO_LIM (see Page 176) – LO_LIM (see Page 176)
– DV_HI_ALM (see Page 171) – DV_LO_ALM (see Page 172)

7.7 Alarm detection and processing


Process alarms provide information on particular block statuses and block events.
The status of the process alarms is communicated to the fieldbus host system via the
parameter BLOCK_ALM (see Page 170). The parameter ACK_OPTION (see Page 138)
specifies whether an alarm must be acknowledged via the fieldbus host system.

The following process alarms are generated by the PID Function Block:

• Block process alarms


A block process alarm is triggered via the parameter BLOCK_ERR (see Page 170).
The parameter BLOCK_ALM (see Page 170) is used to show the block process
alarms and communicate them to the fieldbus host system. The following block pro-
cess alarm can be generated by the PID Function Block:

– OUT OF SERVICE
If the option of the process alarm (BLOCK ALM) has not been enabled in the parame-
ter ACK_OPTION (see Page 166), the process alarms can only be acknowledged in
the parameter BLOCK_ALM (see Page 170).

• Limit value process alarms


If a limit value is violated then the priority specified for the limit value alarm will be
checked before the limit value violation is communicated to the fieldbus host system.
The priority that specifies the action in the event of an active limit value violation is
determined by the following parameters:
– HI_HI_PRI (see Page 174) – HI_PRI (see Page 175)
– LO_LO_PRI (see Page 176) – LO_PRI (see Page 177)
– DV_HI_PRI (see Page 172) – DV_LO_PRI (see Page 173)

The status of the limit value process alarms is communicated to the fieldbus host
system via the following parameters:
– HI_HI_ALM (see Page 174) – HI_ALM (see Page 174)
– LO_LO_ALM (see Page 176) – LO_ALM (see Page 175)
– DV_HI_ALM (see Page 171) – DV_LO_ALM (see Page 172)

If the option of a limit value process alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION (see Page 166) then this must be acknowledged directly in its parame-
ter (see list).

H Note!
The parameter ALARM_SUM (see Page 168) shows the current status of all the
process alarms.

Endress+Hauser 163
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.8 Example: Basic PID control strategy


The continual flow into a container is to be controlled.
The volume flow of the medium is captured via a flow transmitter (FT) and made availa-
ble to the PID Function Block via an Analog Input Function Block. The PID Function
Block may be either in the flowmeter or in the control valve. The actuating variable that
is forwarded to the control valve (FV) is calculated in the PID Function Block using the
deviation between the measured volume flow and the specified setpoint value (desired
volume flow).

F06-53xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-006
Connecting blocks
The PID Function Block receives its input value (controlled variable) from an Analog
Input Function Block (output parameter OUT). This input value, which corresponds to
the measured volume flow of the flowmeter, is read in via the parameter IN (see
Page 175) in the PID Function Block.

In operating mode AUTO the setpoint value is specified manually via the parameter SP
(see Page 181).

The actuating variable calculated in the PID Function Block is connected to the input
parameter CAS_IN of the Analog Output Function Block via the output parameter OUT
(see Page 178). The Analog Output Function Block forwards this actuating variable to
the control valve.

In addition, the output parameter BKCAL_OUT of the Analog Output Function Block is
read into the PID Function Block via the input parameter BKCAL_IN (see Page 170) in
order to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control.
F06-53xFFxxx-16-xx-xx-en-007

164 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

7.9 PID Function Block configuration


The measurement range of the flowmeter (controlled variable) is 0 ... 30 m3/h.
The desired flow value (setpoint value) is specified manually via the parameter SP and
should be 15 m3/h. The Analog Output Function Block is actuated over an output range
of 0 ... 100%.

Configuration:
• Setting the input range and input unit of the controlled variable at input IN:
PV_SCALE 0 % =0
PV_SCALE 100% = 30
PV_SCALE UNIT = m3/h

• Setting the output range and output unit of the actuating variable at output OUT:
OUT_SCALE 0 % =0
OUT_SCALE 100% = 100
OUT_SCALE UNIT =%

• Defining the input limits for the setpoint value range:


SP_LO_LIM =0
SP_HI_LIM = 30

• Defining the output limits for the actuating variable at output OUT:
OUT_LO_LIM =0
OUT_HI_LIM = 100

• Setting the bypass function:


In order to be able to deactivate the bypass function via the parameter BYPASS, the
option Bypass Enable must first be activated via the parameter CONTROL_OPTS.

• Setting the control parameter (depending on the controlled system):


GAIN - proportional gain factor (P-term)
RESET- time constant for the integral action in seconds (I-term)
RATE- time constant for the derivative action in seconds (D-term)

• Specifying the setpoint value via parameter SP:


SP = 15

• Configuration of the limit value and control deviation alarms and associated priorities,
if required.

• In order for the PID Function Block to be executed the operating mode must be set to
AUTO.

Endress+Hauser 165
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.10 Parameters of the PID Function Block


The following table shows all the available parameters of the PID Function Block:

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ACK_OPTION ROUT - RCAS - This parameter is used to specify whether a process alarm must
CAS - AUTO - be acknowledged at the time of alarm recognition by the fieldbus
MAN - OOS host system. If this option is enabled the process alarm is acknow-
ledged automatically.

Options:
HI_HI_ALM
Upper limit value alarm

HI_ALM
Upper limit value warning

LO_LO_ALM
Lower limit value alarm

LO_ALM
Lower limit value warning

DV_HI_ALM
Limit value alarm for upper control deviation (SP-PV)

DV_LO_ALM
Limit value alarm for lower control deviation (SP-PV)

BLOCK ALM
Block alarm

Factory setting:
The option is not enabled for any alarm, the alarms must
be acknowledged

166 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ALARM_HYS ROUT - RCAS - For entry of the hysteresis value for the upper and lower warning or
CAS - AUTO - alarm limit values. The alarm conditions remain active as long as
MAN - OOS the measured value is within the hysteresis.

The hysteresis value affects the following warning and alarm limit
values of the PID Function Block:
• HI_HI_ALM (Upper limit value alarm)
• HI_ALM (Upper limit value warning)
• LO_LO_ALM (Lower limit value alarm)
• LO_ALM (Lower limit value warning)
• DV_HI_ALM (Limit value for upper control deviation)
• DV_LO_ALM (Limit value for lower control deviation)

User input:
0...50%

Factory setting:
0.5

H Note!
The hysteresis value relates to a percentage of the range of the
parameter group PV_SCALE in the PID Function Block (see
Page 180).

Example:
The top diagram shows the alarm limit values defined LO_LIM and
HI_LIM with their respective hystereses (gray background) and the
signal curve of the process variable PV.
The bottom two diagrams show the behaviour of the associated
alarms HI_ALM and LO_ALM in relation to the changing signal
curve (0 = no alarm, 1 = alarm output).

a = Process variable PV exceeds the limit value HI_LIM, HI_ALM


is activated.
b = Process variable PV is below the hysteresis value of HI_LIM,
HI_ALM is deactivated.
c = Process variable PV is below the limit value LO_LIM, LO_ALM
is activated.
d = Process variable PV exceeds the hysteresis value of LO_LIM,
LO_ALM is deactivated.

F06-53xFFxxx-05-xx-xx-de-002

Endress+Hauser 167
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ALARM_SUM ROUT - RCAS - Displays the current status of the process alarms.
CAS - AUTO -
MAN - OOS Display:
HI_HI_ALM
Violation of the upper limit value alarm.

HI_ALM
Violation of the upper limit value warning.

LO_LO_ALM
Violation of the lower limit value alarm.

LO_ALM
Violation of the lower limit value warning.

DV_HI_ALM
Violation of the limit value alarm for the upper control deviation.

DV_LO_ALM
Violation of the limit value alarm for the lower control deviation.

BLOCK ALM
Block alarm

H Note!
In addition the process alarms can also be disabled in this
parameter group.

ALERT_KEY ROUT - RCAS - For entry of the indentification number of the plant unit.
CAS - AUTO - This information can be used by the fieldbus host system for
MAN - OOS sorting alarms and events.

User input:
1...255

Factory setting:
0

BAL_TIME ROUT - RCAS - This parameter is used to enter the time for which the weighting
CAS - AUTO - factor counteracts the integral term of the saturation (calculated
MAN - OOS actuating variable > OUT_HI_LIM).

Factory setting:
0s

168 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

BKCAL_HYS ROUT - RCAS - For entry of the hysteresis value for the upper and lower actuating
CAS - AUTO - variable range limit value OUT_HI_LIM and OUT_LO_LIM. The
MAN - OOS hysteresis value relates to a percentage of the value in the parame-
ter group OUT_SCALE (see Page 179).

If the calculated actuating variable is outside the range defined by


the range limit values then this range violation is shown in the moni-
toring parameter LIMITS in the parameter group OUT and commu-
nicated to the subsequent blocks. The range violation remains
active whilst the value of the calculated actuating variable is out-
side the hysteresis value.

User input:
0...50%

Factory setting:
0.5%

Example:
The top diagram shows the defined actuating variable range limit
values OUT_HI_LIM and OUT_LO_LIM with the hysteresis
BKCAL_HYS (gray background) and the signal curve of the calcu-
lated actuating variable.
The bottom diagram shows the behaviour of the range limit value
monitor LIMITS in the parameter group OUT to the changing signal
curve of the calculated actuating variable.

"NotLimited" = No range limit value violation


"HighLimited" = Range limit value violation is output
"LowLimited" = Range limit value violation is output

a = The calculated actuating variable exceeds the upper actuating


variable range limit value OUT_HI_LIM. In the parameter group
OUT the status "HighLimited" is output via LIMITS.

b = The calculated actuating variable is below the hysteresis value


BKCAL_HYS of the upper actuating variable range limit value
OUT_HI_LIM. In the parameter group OUT the status "NotLimited"
is output via LIMITS.

c = The calculated actuating variable is below the lower actuating


variable range limit value OUT_LO_LIM. In the parameter group
OUT the status "LowLimited" is output via LIMITS.

d = The calculated actuating variable exceeds the hysteresis value


BKCAL_HYS of the lower actuating variable range limit value
OUT_LO_LIM. In the parameter group OUT the status "NotLimited"
is output via LIMITS.
F06-53xFFxxx-05-xx-xx-en-004

Endress+Hauser 169
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

BKCAL_IN ROUT - RCAS - Displays the analog input value and status copied in the case of
CAS - AUTO - cascade control from the output BKCAL_OUT of the subsequent
MAN - OOS function block. The cascade control is initialised with this value to
prevent reset window.

BKCAL_OUT read only Displays the analog output value and output status transferred in
the case of cascade control to the input BKCAL_IN of the prece-
ding function block. The cascade control is initialised with this
value to provide bumpless transfer.

BLOCK_ALM ROUT - RCAS - Displays the current block status with information on
CAS - AUTO - pending configuration, hardware or system errors, including
MAN - OOS details of the alarm time (date, time) when the error occurred.

H Note!
If the option of the alarm has not been enabled in the parameter
ACK_OPTION, the alarm can only be acknowledged via this
parameter.

BLOCK_ERR read only Displays the active block error.

Display:
OUT OF SERVICE (The block has the status "Out Of Service".)

BYPASS MAN - OOS This parameter can be used to activate and deactivate calculation
of the actuating variable by the PID control algorithm.

Options:
Uninitialized

OFF
Bypass deactivated: the actuating variable determined by the PID
control algorithm is output via the parameter OUT.

ON
BYPASS activated: the value of the setpoint value SP is output
directly via the parameter OUT.

A Caution!
The parameter BYPASS is enabled in the controller options (para-
meter CONTROL_OPTS). This must be set before commissioning.

CAS_IN ROUT - RCAS - Displays the remote setpoint value and status copied from an
CAS - AUTO - external function block in operating mode CAS. This value is
MAN - OOS shown in the unit of the parameter group PV_SCALE.

H Note!
The remote setpoint value read in via the parameter CAS_IN is only
used if the PID Function Block is in operating mode CAS. In opera-
ting mode AUTO the value of parameter SP is used as a setpoint
value.

170 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

CONTROL_ OOS Selects the available controller options for specifying the automa-
OPTS tion strategy.

Options:
Bypass Enable
Activates the parameter BYPASS

Direct Acting
Direct effect

Track Enable
Activates tracking

Track in Manual
Operating mode MAN with active tracking

PV for BKCAL_OUT
Use value and status of the parameter PV for the parameter
BKCAL_OUT

No OUT Limits in Manual


No output restriction in operating mode MAN. If the range limit
value OUT_HI_LIM or OUT_LO_LIM is exceeded or not reached,
this has no effect on the parameter OUT.

Factory setting:
no option activated

DV_HI_ALM ROUT - RCAS - Status display of the alarm for the upper control deviation, inclu-
CAS - AUTO - ding details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value that
MAN - OOS triggered the alarm. The controlled variable exceeds the setpoint
value by more than the value specified in the parameter
DV_HI_LIM.

H Note!
In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged
in this parameter group.

DV_HI_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the limit value for the upper control deviation. If the control-
CAS - AUTO - led variable exceeds the setpoint value by this value, then the
MAN - OOS warning DV_HI_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of PV_SCALE

Factory setting:
3402823466 x 1038

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

Endress+Hauser 171
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

DV_HI_PRI ROUT - RCAS - Specifies the action taken when the upper control deviation
CAS - AUTO - (DV_HI_LIM) is exceeded.
MAN - OOS
User input:
0
Violation of the limit value for the upper control deviation is not
valuated.

1
No notification if the limit value for the upper control deviation
is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
Violation of the limit value for the upper control deviation is output
with the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority) as a
user notice.

8-15
Violation of the limit value for the upper control deviation is output
as a critical alarm with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority,
15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

DV_LO_ALM ROUT - RCAS - Alarm status display for the lower control deviation, including
CAS - AUTO - details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value that trig-
MAN - OOS gered the alarm.
The controlled variable is below the setpoint value by more than
the value specified in the parameter DV_LO_LIM.

H Note!
In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged
in this parameter group.

DV_LO_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the limit value for the lower control deviation.
CAS - AUTO - If the controlled variable is below the setpoint value by this value
MAN - OOS then the warning DV_LO_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of PV_SCALE

Factory setting:
-3402823466 x 1038

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

172 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

DV_LO_PRI ROUT - RCAS - Specifies the action taken if the lower control deviation
CAS - AUTO - (DV_LO_LIM) is not reached.
MAN - OOS
User input:
0
Violation of the limit value for the lower control deviation is not
evaluated.

1
No notification if the limit value for the lower control deviation is
violated.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
Violation of the limit value for the lower control deviation is output
with the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority) as a
user notice.

8-15
Violation of the limit value for the lower control deviation is output
as a critical alarm with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority,
15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

FF_GAIN MAN - OOS Entry of the disturbance gain for the feedforward control.

Factory setting:
0

H Note!
The disturbance gain is multiplied by the disturbance variable
(FF_VAL), the result is added to the calculated actuating variable.

FF_SCALE MAN - OOS Definition of the measurement range (lower and upper limit), the
physical unit and the number of decimal places for the disturbance
variable (FF_VAL).

Factory setting:
0...100%

FF_VAL ROUT - RCAS - Display and entry of the value and status of the disturbance varia-
CAS - AUTO - ble.
MAN - OOS
User input:
Range and unit of FF_SCALE

GAIN ROUT - RCAS - Entry of proportional gain factor.


CAS - AUTO -
MAN - OOS Factory setting:
0

H Note!
If the value 0 is specified for this parameter then the status of the
parameter OUT changes to BAD.

Endress+Hauser 173
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

GRANT_DENY ROUT - RCAS - Releases or restricts the access authorisation of a


CAS - AUTO - fieldbus host system on the field device.
MAN - OOS
H Note!
This parameter is not evaluated by the Promass 83 FF.

HI_ALM ROUT - RCAS - Alarm status display for the upper warning limit value (HI_LIM),
CAS - AUTO - including details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value
MAN - OOS that triggered the alarm.

H Note!
In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged
in this parameter group.

HI_HI_ALM ROUT - RCAS - Alarm status display for the upper alarm limit value (HI_HI_LIM),
CAS - AUTO - including details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value
MAN - OOS that triggered the alarm.

H Note!
In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged
in this parameter group.

HI_HI_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the alarm limit value for the upper alarm (HI_HI_ALM). If
CAS - AUTO - the value PV exceeds this limit value then the alarm status parame-
MAN - OOS ter HI_HI_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of PV_SCALE

Factory setting:
3402823466 x 1038

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

HI_HI_PRI ROUT - RCAS - Specifies the action taken when the upper alarm limit value
CAS - AUTO - (HI_HI_LIM) is exceeded.
MAN - OOS
User input:
0
The violation of the upper alarm limit is not evaluated.

1
No notification if the upper alarm limit value is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The violation of the upper alarm limit is output as a user notice with
the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority).

8-15
The violation of the upper alarm limit is output as a critical alarm
with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority, 15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

174 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

HI_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the alarm limit value for the upper warning (HI_ALM). If the
CAS - AUTO - value PV exceeds this limit value then the alarm status parameter
MAN - OOS HI_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of PV_SCALE

Factory setting:
3402823466 x 1038

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

HI_PRI ROUT - RCAS - Specifies the action taken when the upper warning limit value
CAS - AUTO - (HI_LIM) is exceeded.
MAN - OOS
User input:
0
The violation of the upper warning limit value is not evaluated.

1
No notification if the upper warning limit value is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The violation of the upper warning limit value is output as a
user notice with the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high
priority).

8-15
The violation of the upper warning limit value is output as a
critical alarm with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority,
15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

IN ROUT - RCAS - Displays the controlled variable with information on the status and
CAS - AUTO - value.
MAN - OOS
H Note!
Scaling of the input range and selection of the unit of the controlled
variable are carried out via the parameter group PV_SCALE.

LO_ALM ROUT - RCAS - Alarm status display for the lower warning limit value (LO_LIM),
CAS - AUTO - including details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value
MAN - OOS that triggered the alarm.

H Note!
In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged
in this parameter group.

Endress+Hauser 175
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

LO_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the alarm limit value for the lower warning (LO_ALM).
CAS - AUTO - If the value PV exceeds this limit value then the alarm status
MAN - OOS parameter LO_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of PV_SCALE

Factory setting:
-3402823466 x 1038

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

LO_LO_ALM ROUT - RCAS - Alarm status display for the lower alarm limit value (LO_LO_LIM),
CAS - AUTO - including details of the time of the alarm (date, time) and the value
MAN - OOS that triggered the alarm.

H Note!
In addition the active block alarm can be acknowledged
in this parameter group.

LO_LO_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the alarm limit value for the lower alarm (LO_LO_ALM).
CAS - AUTO - If the value PV is below this limit value then the alarm status
MAN - OOS parameter LO_LO_ALM is output.

User input:
Range and unit of PV_SCALE

Factory setting:
-3402823466 x 1038

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

LO_LO_PRI ROUT - RCAS - Specifies the action taken when the lower alarm limit value
CAS - AUTO - (LO_LO_LIM) is not reached.
MAN - OOS
User input:
0
The violation of the lower alarm limit is not evaluated.

1
No notification if the lower alarm limit value is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The violation of the lower alarm limit is output as a user notice with
the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high priority).

8-15
The violation of the lower alarm limit is output as a critical alarm
with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority, 15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

176 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

LO_PRI ROUT - RCAS - Specifies the action taken when the lower warning limit value
CAS - AUTO - (LO_LIM) is not reached.
MAN - OOS
User input:
0
The violation of the lower warning limit value is not evaluated.

1
No notification if the lower warning limit value is infringed.

2
Reserved for block alarms.

3-7
The violation of the lower warning limit value is output as a
user notice with the appropriate priority (3 = low priority, 7 = high
priority).

8-15
The violation of the lower warning limit value is output as a
critical alarm with the appropriate priority (8 = low priority,
15 = high priority).

Factory setting:
0

MODE_BLK ROUT - RCAS - Displays the current (Actual) and desired (Target) operating mode
CAS - AUTO - of the PID Function Block, the permitted modes (Permitted)
MAN - OOS supported by the Resource Block, and the normal operating mode
(Normal).

Display:
AUTO - MAN - OOS - CAS - RCAS

The PID Function Block supports the following operating modes:


• AUTO (Automatic Operation)
The setpoint value specified by the user via the parameter SP
is used in the execution of the internal PID algorithm.

• MAN (Manual Intervention by the Operator)


The parameter OUT can be specified directly by the user.

• OOS (Out Of Service)


The block has the status "Out Of Service". The PID algorithm of
the block is not executed. The last valid value is output at the
parameter OUT and the status changes to BAD.

• CAS (Cascade Mode)


Via the input or parameter CAS_IN, the PID Function Block
receives the setpoint value for internal calculation of
the actuating variable directly from another function block.
The internal PID algorithm is executed.

• RCAS (External Cascade)


Via the parameter RCAS_IN, the PID Function Block receives the
setpoint value for internal calculation of the actuating variable
directly from the fieldbus host system. The internal PID algorithm
is executed.

• ROUT (External Output)


Via the parameter ROUT_IN, the PID Function Block receives the
actuating value directly from the fieldbus host system.
The actuating variable is output again via the parameter OUT
without the internal PID algorithm being executed.

Endress+Hauser 177
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

OUT MAN - OOS Displays the output value (actuating variable) of the PID Function
Block. The output value contains the value, the limit value status,
the status and the alarm evaluation.
The output value OUT is a function of the range limit value
OUT_HI_LIM and OUT_LO_LIM. If the calculated actuating varia-
ble is outside the range limit values then the value of the range limit
value in question is output as the output value OUT (see diagram).

F06-53xFFxxx-05-xx-xx-en-005
H Note!
If MAN (manual intervention by the operator) is selected for the
operating mode in the parameter MODE_BLK then the output
value OUT can be specified manually here. The unit used is
copied from the parameter group OUT_SCALE, the input area cor-
responds to OUT_SCALE ±10%.

OUT_HI_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the maximum permissible analog actuating variable that
CAS - AUTO - can be output from the PID Function Block.
MAN - OOS
User input:
Range and unit of OUT_SCALE ±10

Factory setting:
100

OUT_LO_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the minimum permissible analog actuating variable that
CAS - AUTO - can be output from the PID Function Block.
MAN - OOS
User input:
Range and unit of OUT_SCALE ±10

Factory setting:
0

178 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

OUT_SCALE OOS Definition of the measurement range (lower and upper limit), the
physical unit and the number of decimal places for the actuating
variable (OUT).

Factory setting:
0...100%

H Note!
The range limits are defined via the parameters OUT_HI_LIM and
OU_LO_LIM.

PV read only Displays the process variable used for the block execution, includ-
ing the status.

H Note!
The unit used is copied from the parameter group PV_SCALE.

PV_FTIME ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the filter time constant (in seconds) of the digital filter of the
CAS - AUTO - 1st order. This time is required in order for 63% of a change in the
MAN - OOS controlled variable at input IN to have an effect on the value of PV.

The diagram shows the signal curves between the parameters IN


and PV over time:

F06-53xFFxxx-05-xx-xx-en-006
a) The parameter IN changes.
b) The parameter PV has reacted 63% to the change in the
parameter IN.

Factory setting:
0s

Endress+Hauser 179
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

PV_SCALE OOS Definition of the measurement range (lower and upper limit), the
physical unit and the number of decimal places for the process
variable (PV).

Factory setting:
0...100%

H Note!
If this parameter group is modified then the following parameters
should be checked and modified if necessary:
• DV_HI_LIM
• DV_LO_LIM
• HI_LIM
• HI_HI_LIM
• LO_LIM
• LO_LO_LI
• RCAS_IN
• RCAS_OUT
• SP_LO_LIM
• SP_HI_LIM
• SP

RATE ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the time constant for the derivative action (D-term)
CAS - AUTO -
MAN - OOS Factory setting:
0s

RCAS_IN ROUT - RCAS - In this parameter the analog actuating variable provided by the
CAS - AUTO - fieldbus host system (value and status) is read in for internal calcu-
MAN - OOS lation of the actuating variable and displayed.

H Note!
• Value statement and unit of PV_SCALE
• If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.
• This parameter is only active in operating mode RCAS.

RCAS_OUT read only Displays the analog output value and output status of the specified
setpoint value transferred to the fieldbus host system in the course
of cascade control. The cascade control is initialised with this
value to provide bumpless transfer.

H Note!
• Value statement and unit of PV_SCALE
• If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.
• This parameter is only active in operating mode RCAS.

RESET ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the time constant for the integral action (I-term)
CAS - AUTO -
MAN - OOS Factory setting:
3402823466 x 1038 s

H Note!
The integral function is disabled by entering 0 seconds.

180 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

ROUT_IN ROUT - RCAS - In this parameter the actuating variable provided by the fieldbus
CAS - AUTO - host system (value and status) is read in and displayed.
MAN - OOS
H Note!
• Value statement and unit of OUT_SCALE
• This parameter is only active in operating mode ROUT.
• The PID algorithm is no longer executed.

ROUT_OUT read only Displays the analog output value and output status of the actuating
variable transferred to the fieldbus host system in the course of
cascade control. The cascade control is initialised with this value
to provide bumpless transfer.

H Note!
• Value statement and unit of OUT_SCALE
• This parameter is only active in operating mode ROUT.

SHED_OPT Selects the action taken if the monitoring time is exceeded (see
parameter SHED_RCAS, SHED_ROUT on Page 84) in operating
mode RCAS or ROUT.
During the monitoring time parameter updating between the field-
bus host system and the PID Function Block is checked.
If the parameters are not being updated then on expiry of the moni-
toring time the PID Function Block switches from operating mode
RCAS or ROUT to the mode selected here.

Options:
Uninitialized
NormalShed_NormalReturn
NormalShed_NoReturn
ShedToAuto_NormalReturn
ShedToAuto_NoReturn
ShedToManual_NormalReturn
ShedToManual_NoReturn
ShedToRetainedTarget_NormalReturn
ShedToRetainedTarget_NoReturn

Factory setting:
Uninitialized

SP AUTO - MAN - Entry of the analog setpoint value.


OOS
User input:
Range and unit of PV_SCALE ±10

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

SP_HI_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the upper limit of the setpoint value.
CAS - AUTO -
MAN - OOS User input:
Range and unit of PV_SCALE ±10

Factory setting:
100

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

Endress+Hauser 181
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

SP_LO_LIM ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the lower limit of the setpoint value.
CAS - AUTO -
MAN - OOS User input:
Value and range of PV_SCALE ±10

Factory setting:
100

H Note!
If the setting for the end of the scale is changed in the parameter
PV_SCALE this value should be modified accordingly.

SP_RATE_DN ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the ramping rate of a diminishing setpoint value in opera-
CAS - AUTO - ting mode AUTO.
MAN - OOS
Factory setting:
3402823466 x 1038 PV per second

H Note!
• If the value "0" is entered then this parameter is deactivated and
the setpoint value is used directly.
• The speed restriction is only active in operating mode AUTO.

SP_RATE_UP ROUT - RCAS - Entry of the ramping rate of an increasing setpoint value in opera-
CAS - AUTO - ting mode AUTO.
MAN - OOS
Factory setting:
3402823466 x 1038 PV per second

H Note!
• If the value "0" is entered then this parameter is deactivated and
the setpoint value is used directly.
• The speed restriction is only active in operating mode AUTO.

ST_REV read only Displays the revision status of the static data.

H Note!
The revision status parameter is incremented on each modification
of static data.

182 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus 7 PID Function Block (PID controller)

PID Function Block (PID controller)


Write access with
Parameter operating mode Description
(MODE_BLK)

STATUS_OPTS OOS Selects the available status options for specifying the status
processing and processing of the output parameter OUT.

The PID Function Block supports the following options:

Options:
IFS if Bad IN
Trigger disturbance status of subsequent Analog Output function
block if the controlled variable (IN) changes the status to BAD.

IFS if Bad CAS_IN


Trigger disturbance status of subsequent Analog Output Function
Block if the external setpoint value (CAS_IN) changes the status to
BAD.

Use Uncertain as Good


The status UNCERTAIN is used as GOOD.

Target In Manual if Bad IN


Switch to operating mode MAN if the controlled variable switches
the status to BAD.

Factory setting:
no option active

STRATEGY ROUT - RCAS - Parameter for grouping and thus faster evaluation of blocks.
CAS - AUTO - Grouping is carried out by entering the same numerical value in
MAN - OOS the parameter STRATEGY for each individual block.

Factory setting:
0

H Note!
This data is neither checked nor processed by the PID Function
Block.

TAG_DESC ROUT - RCAS - Entry of a user-specific text of max. 32 characters for unique identi-
CAS - AUTO - fication and assignment of the block.
MAN - OOS
Factory setting:
"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _" without text

TRK_IN_D ROUT - RCAS - Displays the discrete input (value and status) that initiate the exter-
CAS - AUTO - nal tracking function.
MAN - OOS On activation of tracking the operating mode switches to LO (Local
Compulsory Tracking). In so doing the actuating variable at the
output OUT adopts the value specified at input TRK_VAL.

TRK_SCALE MAN - OOS Definition of the measurement range (lower and upper limit), the
physical unit and the number of decimal places for the external
tracking variable (TRK_VAL).

Factory setting:
0...100%

TRK_VAL ROUT - RCAS - Displays the analog input value and input status read in from
CAS - AUTO - another function block for the external tracking function in the unit
MAN - OOS of parameter group TRK_SCALE.

UPDATE_EVT read only Displays whether static block data has been modified, including
date and time.

Endress+Hauser 183
7 PID Function Block (PID controller) Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

184 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Index of key words

8 Index key words FOUNDATION Fieldbus


A BLOCK_ERR (continuation)
ACK_OPTION Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 BYPASS
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Alarm detection
C
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 CAS_IN
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 CAS_IN_D
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Alarm processing
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 CHANNEL
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
ALARM_HYS
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 CLR_FSTATE
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ALARM_SUM
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Configuration
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 CONFIRM_ TIME
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ALERT_KEY
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 CONTROL_ OPTS
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 CYCLE_SEL
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 CYCLE_TYPE
Analog Input Function block (AI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

B D
BAL_TIME Damping
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
BKCAL_HYS DD_ RESOURCE
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
BKCAL_IN DD_REV
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
BKCAL_OUT DEV_REV
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
BKCAL_OUT_D DEV_TYPE
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Diagnosis
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Block output values
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Discrete Output Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Block status
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 DV_HI_ALM
BLOCK_ALM PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 DV_HI_LIM
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 DV_HI_PRI
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 DV_LO_ALM
BLOCK_ERR PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141 DV_LO_LIM
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 DV_LO_PRI
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Endress+Hauser 185
Index of key words Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

F I
FAULT_STATE IN
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
FEATURES IO_OPTS
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
FEATURES_ SEL DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 ITK_VER
FF_GAIN Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
FF_SCALE L
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Limit values
FF_VAL AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
FIELD_VAL LIM_NOTIFY
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FREE_SPACE Linearisation
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
FREE_TIME LOW_CUT
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
FSTATE_ VAL_D LO_ALM
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
FSTATE_TIME PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 LO_LIM
Function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
G LO_LO_ALM
GAIN AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
GRANT_DENY LO_LO_LIM
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 LO_LO_PRI
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
H LO_PRI
HARD_TYPES AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
HI_ALM L_TYPE
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
HI_HI_ALM M
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Manufacturer-specific parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 MANUFAC_ID
HI_HI_LIM Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 MAX_NOTIFY
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
HI_HI_PRI MEMORY_SIZE
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 MIN_CYCLE_T
HI_LIM Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 MODE_BLK
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
HI_PRI DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

186 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Index of key words

N
NV_CYCLE_T RCAS_OUT
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
RCAS_OUT_D
O DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Operating mode READBACK_D
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Rescaling
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 RESET
OUT PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
RESTART
Output value Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
ROUT_IN
OUT_D PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
ROUT_OUT
OUT_HI_LIM PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
RS_STATE
OUT_LO_LIM Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
OUT_SCALE S
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 Selection process variable
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Setpoint selection
P PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Parameter
SET_FSTATE
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
SHED_OPT
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
SHED_RCAS
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
PID Function Block equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 SHED_ROUT
Process variable Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Signal processing
PV AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
PV_D Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 SIMULATE
PV_FTIME AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 SIMULATE_D
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
PV_SCALE Simulation
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
PV_STATE Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 SP
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
R
SP_D
RATE
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
SP_HI_LIM
RCAS_IN
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
SP_LO_LIM
RCAS_IN_D
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Endress+Hauser 187
Index of key words Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

S (continuation) W
SP_RATE_DN Write protection
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
SP_RATE_UP WRITE_ALM
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
STATUS_ OPTS WRITE_LOCK
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
STATUS_OPTS WRITE_PRI
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
STRATEGY X
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 XD_SCALE
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 XD_STATE
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ST_REV
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

T
TAG_DESC
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
TEST_RW
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Transducer Error
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Transducer Type
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
TRK_IN_D
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
TRK_SCALE
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
TRK_VAL
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

U
Units
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
UPDATE_EVT
AI Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
DO Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
PID Function block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Resource block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Transducer block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

188 Endress+Hauser
Promass 83 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Endress+Hauser 189
Netherland Bolivia Pakistan
Europe  Endress+Hauser B.V. Tritec S.R.L. Speedy Automation
Naarden Cochabamba Karachi
Austria Tel. (035) 6958611, Fax (035) 6958825 Tel. (042) 56993, Fax (042) 50981 Tel. (021) 7722953, Fax (021) 7736884
 Endress+Hauser Ges.m.b.H. Norway Papua-Neuguinea
Wien Brazil
Tel. (01) 88056-0, Fax (01) 88056-35  Endress+Hauser A/S  Samson Endress+Hauser Ltda. SBS Electrical Pty Limited
Tranby Sao Paulo Port Moresby
Belarus Tel. (032) 859850, Fax (032) 859851 Tel. (011) 50313455, Fax (011) 50313067 Tel. 3251188, Fax 3259556
 Belorgsintez Poland Canada Philippines
Minsk
Tel. (0172) 263166, Fax (0172) 263111  Endress+Hauser Polska Sp. z o.o.  Endress+Hauser Ltd.  Endress+Hauser Philippines Inc.
Warszawy Burlington, Ontario Metro Manila
Belgium / Luxembourg Tel. (022) 7201090, Fax (022) 7201085 Tel. (905) 6819292, Fax (905) 6819444 Tel. (2) 3723601-05, Fax (2) 4121944
 Endress+Hauser N.V. Portugal Chile Singapore
Brussels
Tel. (02) 2480600, Fax (02) 2480553 Tecnisis - Tecnica de Sistemas Industriais  Endress+Hauser Chile Ltd.  Endress+Hauser (S.E.A.) Pte., Ltd.
Linda-a-Velha Santiago Singapore
Bulgaria Tel. (21) 4165920, Fax (21) 4185278 Tel. (02) 2088608, Fax (02) 2088608 Tel. 5668222, Fax 5666848
INTERTECH-AUTOMATION Colombia South Korea
Romania
Sofia
Tel. (02) 664869, Fax (02) 9631389 Romconseng S.R.L. Colsein Ltda.  Endress+Hauser (Korea) Co., Ltd.
Bucharest Bogota D.C. Seoul
Tel. (01) 2367659, Fax (01) 6104186 Tel. (02) 6587200, Fax (02) 6592838
Croatia Tel. (01) 4101634, Fax (01) 4101634
 Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. Russia Costa Rica Taiwan
Zagreb
Tel. (01) 6637785, Fax (01) 6637823  Endress+Hauser Moscow Office EURO-TEC S.A. Kingjarl Corporation
Taipei R.O.C.
Moscow San Jose
Tel. (02) 961542, Fax (02) 961542 Tel. (02) 27183938, Fax (02) 27134190
Cyprus Tel. (095) 1587564, Fax (095) 1589871
 I+G Electrical Services Co. Ltd. Ecuador Thailand
Nicosia Slovakia
Transcom Technik s.r.o. Insetec Cia. Ltda.  Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Tel. (02) 484788, Fax (02) 484690 Bangkok
Bratislava Quito
Tel. (02) 269148, Fax (02) 461833 Tel. (2) 9967811-20, Fax (2) 9967810
Czech Republic Tel. (7) 44888684, Fax (7) 44887112
 Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co. Guatemala Vietnam
Praha Slovenia Tan Viet Bao Co. Ltd.
Tel. (026) 6784200, Fax (026) 6784179  Endress+Hauser D.O.O. ACISAAutomatizacionYControlIndustrial S.A.
Ciudad de Guatemala, C.A.
Ho Chi Minh City
Ljubljana Tel. (08) 8335225, Fax (08) 8335227
Denmark Tel. (061) 1592217, Fax (061) 1592298 Tel. (03) 345985, Fax (03) 327431
 Endress+Hauser A/S Mexico
Iran
Spain
Søborg
Tel. (70) 131132, Fax (70) 132133  Endress+Hauser S.A.  Endress+Hauser S.A. de C.V. PATSA Co.
Tehran
Sant Just Desvern Mexico City
Tel. (021) 8754748, Fax(021) 8747761
Estonia Tel. (93) 4803366, Fax (93) 4733839 Tel. (5) 5682405, Fax (5) 5687459
ELVI-Aqua Israel
Sweden Paraguay
Tartu Instrumetrics Industrial Control Ltd.
Tel. (7) 441638, Fax (7) 441582  Endress+Hauser AB Incoel S.R.L
Asuncion
Tel-Aviv
Sollentuna Tel. (03) 6480205, Fax (03) 6471992
Finland Tel. (08) 55511600, Fax (08) 55511655 Tel. (021) 213989, Fax (021) 226583
 Endress+Hauser Oy Uruguay
Jordan
Espoo Switzerland A.P. Parpas Engineering S.A.
Tel. (09) 8676740, Fax (09) 86767440  Endress+Hauser AG Circular S.A. Amman
Reinach/BL 1 Montevideo Tel. (06) 4643246, Fax (06) 4645707
France Tel. (061) 7157575, Fax (061) 7111650 Tel. (02) 925785, Fax (02) 929151
 Endress+Hauser S.A. USA
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Turkey
Huningue
Tel. (389) 696768, Fax (389) 694802 Intek Endüstriyel Ölcü ve Kontrol SistemleriIs-  Endress+Hauser Inc. Anasia Ind. Agencies
Jeddah
tanbul Greenwood, Indiana Tel. (02) 6710014, Fax (02) 6725929
Germany Tel. (0212) 2751355, Fax (0212) 2662775 Tel. (317) 535-7138, Fax (317) 535-8498
 Endress+HauserMesstechnik GmbH+Co. Venezuela
Lebanon
Weil am Rhein Ukraine Network Engineering
Tel. (07621) 975-01, Fax (07621) 975-555 Photonika GmbH Controval C.A. Jbeil
Kiev Caracas Tel. (3) 944080, Fax (9) 548038
Great Britain Tel. (02) 9440966, Fax (02) 9444554
Tel. (44) 26881, Fax (44) 26908
 Endress+Hauser Ltd. Sultanate of Oman
Manchester Yugoslavia Rep. Mustafa & Jawad Sience & Industry Co.L.L.C.
Tel. (0161) 2865000, Fax (0161) 9981841 Meris d.o.o. Asia Ruwi
Beograd Tel. 602009, Fax 607066
Greece Tel.(11) 4441966, Fax (11) 4441966 China United Arab Emirates
I & G Building Services Automation S.A.
Athens
 Endress+Hauser Shanghai Descon Trading EST.
Instrumentation Co. Ltd. Dubai
Tel. (01) 9241500, Fax (01) 9221714 Shanghai
Africa Tel. (04) 2653651, Fax (04) 2653264
Hungary Tel. (021) 54902300, Fax (021) 54902303
Yemen
Mile Ipari-Elektro
Budapest
Egypt
Anasia
 Endress+Hauser Beijing Office Yemen Company for Ghee and Soap Industry
Beijing Taiz
Tel. (01) 2615535, Fax (01) 2615535 Heliopolis/Cairo Tel. (010) 68344058, Fax: (010) 68344068
Tel. (02) 4179007, Fax (02) 4179008 Tel. (04) 230664, Fax (04) 212338
Iceland Hong Kong
BIL ehf Morocco  Endress+Hauser HK Ltd.
Reykjavik Oussama S.A. Hong Kong Australia + New Zealand
Tel. (05) 619616, Fax (05) 619617 Casablanca Tel. 25283120, Fax 28654171
Tel. (02) 241338, Fax (02) 402657 Australia
Ireland India ALSTOM Australia Limited
Flomeaco Company Ltd. South Africa  Endress+Hauser India Branch Office Milperra
Kildare  Endress+Hauser Pty. Ltd. Mumbai Tel. (02) 97747444, Fax (02) 97744667
Tel. (045) 868615, Fax (045) 868182 Sandton Tel. (022) 8521458, Fax (022) 8521927
Tel. (011) 4441386, Fax (011) 4441977 New Zealand
Italy Indonesia
 Endress+Hauser S.p.A. Tunisia PT Grama Bazita
EMC Industrial Group Limited
Auckland
Cernusco s/N Milano Controle, Maintenance et Regulation Jakarta Tel. (09) 4155110, Fax (09) 4155115
Tel. (02) 92921921, Fax (02) 92107153 Tunis Tel. (21) 7975083, Fax (21) 7975089
Tel. (01) 793077, Fax (01) 788595
Latvia Japan
Rino TK  Sakura Endress Co. Ltd. All other countries
Riga Tokyo
Tel. (07) 312897, Fax (07) 312894 America Tel. (0422) 540613, Fax (0422) 550275
 Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co.
Lithuania Argentina Malaysia Instruments International
UAB "Agava"  Endress+Hauser Argentina S.A.  Endress+Hauser (M) Sdn. Bhd. D-Weil am Rhein
Kaunas Buenos Aires Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan Germany
Tel. (07) 202410, Fax (07) 207414 Tel. (01) 145227970, Fax (01) 145227909 Tel. (03) 7334848, Fax (03) 7338800 Tel. (07621) 975-02, Fax (07621) 975345

http://www.endress.com

 Members of the Endress+Hauser Group

BA 066D/06/en/12.00
FM+SGML 5.5

You might also like